ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

advertisement
Public Disclosure Authorized
Public Disclosure Authorized
Public Disclosure Authorized
Public Disclosure Authorized
E4420 V12 REV
NATIONAL POWER TRANMISSION CORPORATION
Northern Power Projects Management Board
-------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(Final)
SUBPROJECT:
HOA BINH - TAY HA NOI 220KV TRANMISSION LINE
PREPARED BY: INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
Ha Noi, March 2014
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................................... 4
LIST OF TABLES ................................................................................................................ 5
LIST OF FIGURES .............................................................................................................. 6
SUMMARY REPORT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ................ 7
1. PROJECT INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 7
2. MAIN CONTENTS OF PROJECT............................................................................................ 7
3. IMPACTS AND METHODS TO MINIMINZE THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF
THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................................ 11
4. PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT, OBSERVATION AND
MONITORING ............................................................................................................................ 13
INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................. 14
1. ORIGIN OF PROJECT ............................................................................................................ 14
2. LEGAL FRAME AND TECHNICAL BASIS TO IMPLEMENT ASSESSMENT OF
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ................................................................................................... 14
2.1. Legal frame ........................................................................................................................ 14
2.2. Environmental standards and regulations .......................................................................... 16
2.3. Safety policies of World Bank........................................................................................... 16
2.4. Technical document and data generated and collected by the project owner ................... 18
3. APPLIED METHODS DURING EIA PERIOD ...................................................................... 20
4. EIA IMPLEMENTATION ....................................................................................................... 20
CHAPTER 1: SUMMARY OF PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................... 24
1.1 Project name ........................................................................................................................... 24
1.2 Project owner .......................................................................................................................... 24
1.3 Geographical position of project ............................................................................................ 24
1.4. The main content of the project ............................................................................................. 33
1.4.1. The objective of the project ............................................................................................ 33
1.4.2 The scale of the project .................................................................................................... 33
1.4.3 Construction items ........................................................................................................... 33
1.4.4 . Description of the construction methods of the works of the project ............................ 44
1.4.4.1 . Key Technology Solutions .......................................................................................... 44
1.4.5. Construction methods ..................................................................................................... 45
1.4.6. Demands for raw materials ............................................................................................. 48
1.4.7. Machinery and equipment for the project....................................................................... 49
Vehicles, machinery and construction equipment in the table can be replaced by vehicles, and
other machinery with equivalent technical features. ..................................................................... 49
1.4.8. Organization of the project ............................................................................................. 49
1.4.9. Implementation progress and human .............................................................................. 51
CHAPTER 2: THE NATURAL, ENVIRONMENTAL ................................................. 54
AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITION ....................................................................... 54
2.1. THE NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION ............................................... 54
2.1.2. Meteorological Conditions ............................................................................................. 58
2.1.3. Hydrological conditions ................................................................................................. 65
2.1.4. The geological phenomena of physics, electrical resistivity .......................................... 67
2.1.5. The status of the physical components of the environment ........................................... 67
2.1.7. The environmental incidents .......................................................................................... 81
2.2. SOCIO – EMCONOMY CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 82
2.2.1. Preliminary socio – economy conditions of planed area ................................................ 82
2.2.2. Socio-economic conditions of households in row .......................................................... 88
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
2
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
CHAPTER 3: ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ........................... 92
3.1. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS IN PREPARATION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE .... 94
3.1.1. Sources of impacts relating to wastes in preparation phase ........................................... 94
3.1.2. Sources of impacts relating to wastes in construction phase .......................................... 94
3.1.3. Sources of impact without relation to wastes in the preparation and construction phase100
3.1.4. Impacts of the risks and incidents in the preparation and construction phase .............. 109
3.2. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS IN THE OPERATION PHASE ........................................ 110
3.2.1. Sources of impacts relating to the operation phase ...................................................... 110
3.2.2. Sources of impacts without relation to the wastes in operation phase ......................... 110
3.2.3. Impacts of risks and incidents in the operation phase .................................................. 112
3.3. TARGET AND SCOPE AFFECTED BY PROJECT......................................................... 114
3.3.1. Impacts on the natural environment ............................................................................. 114
3.3.2. Impacts on public health ............................................................................................... 115
3.3.3. The interactions among the projects ............................................................................. 115
3.4. COMMENTS ON CONTENTS AND RELIABILITY OF ASSESSMENT ...................... 116
CHAPTER 4: METHODS TO PREVENT, MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
AND HANDLE THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS ........................................... 118
4.1. METHODS TO PREVENT, MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACTS .................................... 118
4.1.1. Minimize the impacts in the preparation phase ............................................................ 118
4.1.2. Minimize the impacts in the construction phase .......................................................... 120
4.1.3. Minimizing impacts in the operation phase .................................................................. 129
4.2. PREVENTIVE METHODS AND RESPONSEs TO RISK , INCIDENTS ....................... 130
4.2.1. Preventive methods and responses in preparation and construction phase .................. 130
4.2.2. Method of prevention and responses in the operation phase ........................................ 132
CHAPTER 5: .................................................................................................................... 134
PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION...... 134
5.1. PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT .................................................. 134
5.2. PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL SUPERVISION ..................................................... 143
CHAPTER 6: PUBLIC CONSULTANCY .................................................................... 147
6.1. OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................ 147
6.2. OPINIONS OF CPCS.......................................................................................................... 147
6.3. OPINIONS OF COMMUNITY .......................................................................................... 148
6.4. FEEDBACK FROM THE PUBLIC CONSULTANCY ..................................................... 148
CONCLUSION, RECOMMENDATION AND COMMITMENT .............................. 149
1. CONCLUSION, RECOMMENDATION .............................................................................. 149
2. COMMITMENT .................................................................................................................... 149
2.1. Commitments to minimize the environmental impacts ................................................... 149
2.2. Commitment to comply with Laws, Standards and Regulations of Vietnam ................. 150
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
3
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
CPC
ABBREVIATIONS
Commune People’s Committee
TEP
Transmission Efficient Project
ECOP
Environmental Code of Practice
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
EMF
Electromagnetic Field
EMP
Environmental Management Plan
EVN
Electricity of Vietnam
GOV
Government of Vietnam
HH
Household
HV
High voltage
LV
Low Voltage
MOIT
Ministry of Industry and Trade
MONRE
Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment
MV
Medium Voltage
NGO
Northern Grid Company
NPT
National Power Transmission Corporation
OHL
Overhead Line
PAH
Project Affected Household
PCBs
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
PMU
Network Project Management Unit (under the NPC)
PPC
Provincial People’s Committee
ROW
Right of Way
IE
Institute of Energy
WB
World Bank
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
4
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
LIST OF TABLES
Table 0.1: Position coordinate of project......................................................................................... 8
Table 0.2: Total investment cost.................................................................................................... 10
Table 0.3: List of members who make environmental impact assessment report ......................... 21
Table 1.1: Position coordinate of project....................................................................................... 24
Table 1.2: The Proposed line from G17 to G21 ............................................................................ 29
Table 1.3: Summary of features of the transmission line. ............................................................ 34
Table 1.4: Statistics of the tranmission line................................................................................... 39
Table 1.5: Number of column needed to be assemplied ............................................................... 40
Table 1.6: Number of foundations needed to be constructed. ................................................... 40
Table 1.7: Volumn of main construction ....................................................................................... 41
Table 1.8: The technical features of the conductor ACSR 330/43 ................................................ 44
Table 1.9: Supplies of materials and equipment ........................................................................... 48
Table 1.10: Summarized table of major vehicles and equipment.................................................. 49
Table 1.11: Construction progress of each item are shown in the following table ....................... 52
Table 1.12: Total investment ......................................................................................................... 53
Table 2.1: The natural and environmental condition ..................................................................... 54
Table 2.2: Characteristics of topography, local geology project going through. .......................... 55
Table 2.3: Main criteria of soil layers ........................................................................................... 57
Table 2.4: Soil physical and mechanical anchor columns in the section crossing the Black River
....................................................................................................................................................... 58
Table 2.5: Average temperature of January in the year. ................................................................ 59
Table 2.6: Average annual humidity. ............................................................................................ 60
Table 2.7: Total sunshine hours of the month and year are shown in Table 2.5 after. .................. 61
Table 2.8: The monthly average wind speed and five ................................................................... 61
Table 2.9: Average monthly evaporation ...................................................................................... 62
Table 2.10 Average monthly rainfall in year. ................................................................................ 64
Number of days with thunderstorm lightning in the area average in the following table: ............ 64
Table 2.11 Number of days in the year Lightning. ........................................................................ 64
Bảng 2.12. List of rivers and streams affected by project ............................................................. 65
Table 2.13 The results of the resistivity measurements of soil ..................................................... 67
Table 2.22. Types of trees along the projects ................................................................................ 79
Table 2.23: Socio – economy conditions in local area of Hoa Binh province .............................. 82
Table 2.24: The socio-economic conditions of local areas in Hanoi city...................................... 87
Table 2.25: List of households in the row ..................................................................................... 88
Table 3.1: Coefficient of air pollution for trucks .......................................................................... 94
Table 3.3:Amount of fuel consumption for construction machinery and equipment.................... 94
Table 3.4:Coefficient of pollutant emissions................................................................................. 95
Table 3.6: Pollution coefficient of air pollutants from burning DO .............................................. 95
Table 3.7: Estimated amount of pollution from burning DO ........................................................ 95
Table 3.8: the concentration of air pollutantsdue to burn DO for generators ................................ 96
Table 3.9:Noise level caused by construction machinery. ............................................................ 97
Table 3.10: Amount of sewage ...................................................................................................... 98
Table 3.11: Concentration of pollutants in sewage without treatment .......................................... 98
Table 3.12: Amount of wastes ....................................................................................................... 99
Table 3.13. List of the affected power line and communication line .......................................... 106
Table 3.14: Allowable number of working hours........................................................................ 111
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
5
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Table 5.1: Plan of environmental management ........................................................................... 138
Table 5.2:Program of supervising the wastes and environment. ................................................. 143
Table 5.3: Cost estimation of neighborhood environment .......................................................... 146
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1: The proposed line going through Da River .............................................................. 27
Figure 1.2: The proposed line for the part across Da river ........................................................ 28
Figure 1.3: The line from G17 to G21 ........................................................................................... 29
Figure 1.4: The proposed line from G21 to G30 .......................................................................... 30
Figure 1.5: The line passing through Xuan Mai area ................................................................. 31
Figure 1.6: The proposed line in Quoc Oai, Hanoi ...................................................................... 32
Figure 2.2: Location map G26 – Endpoint ................................................................................... 68
Figure 3.2:Diagram of sources of impacts relating to wastes ..................................................... 92
Figure 3.2:Diagram of sources of impacts without relation to wastes ....................................... 93
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
6
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
SUMMARY REPORT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
According to Power Development Plan of Hanoi during the period of 2011 – 2015 and
outlook to 2020, which is approved in Decision No.4351/QD-BCT dated 29/8/2011 of the
Ministry of Industry and Trade, the 220kV Hoa Binh - Tay Hanoi transmission line is expected to
operate in 2014. This project has responsibility to supply sufficient electricity to meet the
demands of the Western area of Hanoi. This area includes Son Tay town and 6 districts at the
North of Highway 6: Ba Vi, Phuc Tho, Dan Phuong, Hoai Duc, Thach That and Quoc Oai. These
are important load areas with strong socio-economic development. Moreover, this project
contributes to improve the stability of power supply for power transmission system of Hanoi and
surrounding areas, which ensures to stably operate national power system.
1. PROJECT INFORMATION
a. Information of project owner:
Project name: 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line
- Project owner: The Northern Vietnam Power Projects Management Board – PMB
- Director: Mr. Phan Luong Thien
- Address: 1111D Hong Ha street, Hoan Kiem District, Hanoi
- Telephone: (04).2210.3112
- Fax: (04).3984.0824
b. Bases of assessment report of environmental impacts
Institute of Energy – Ministry of Industry and Trade
- Address: 06 Ton That Tung Street, Dong Da District, Hanoi.
- Telephone: (04) 3852.3730-3852.9310 - Fax: (04) 3852.9302-3852.3311.
- E-mail: bbt@ievn.com.vn; website: www.ievn.com.vn
- Representative: Mr. Hoang Tien Dung; Position: Director of Institute of Energy
2. MAIN CONTENTS OF PROJECT
a. Geographical position of project
Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line has main characteristics as follows.
- Start point: 220kV bus bar in Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant of 220kV switchyard;
- End point: 220kV busbar at 220kV Tay Ha Noi substation, Quoc Oai district, Hanoi;
- The proposed length of the line: 50,6 km;
- Location: going through Hoa Binh, Ky Son and Luong Son district (Hoa Binh province),
Quoc Oai district (Hanoi City);
- Long span: getting over Da River;
- Crossing the highway: 1 time (Highway No. 21)
- Main terrain conditions:
+ Section across Hoa Binh: Main terrain is low hills and mountains;
+ Section across Hanoi: Main terrain is low hills and mountains;
- The number of affected houses: 65.
Transmission line selection is based on the main criteria as follows.
- The shortest length of the line;
- The most favorable geographical condition;
- The most favorable terrain condition;
- Limit the number of turning angles to reduce investment cost of project;
- Easy to construct and monitor, etc.
Other criteria:
- Comply with National Power Development Master Plan;
- Comply with Power Development Plan of Hoa Binh and Hanoi;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
7
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
- Not much affect to residential area and planning area;
- Avoid military area, historical – cultural monument, national forest, etc.
- No effect on the environment, landscape and other factors
Position coordinates of project are shown in Table 0.1
Table 0.1: Position coordinates of project
Coordinates
Turning Height of
No.
angle
column
N
E
1
DD
37
533.486
2301868
2
G1
37
533.226
2302236
3
G2
37
533.109
2302911
4
G3
47
533.113
2303279
5
G4
37
533.495
2304123
6
G5
37
533.495
2304123
7
G6
37
533.740
2304497
8
G7
37
534.202
2305465
9
G8
37
534.281
2306082
10
G9
52
534.400
2306673
11
G10
37
534.449
2307143
12
G11
37
534.530
2309012
13
G12
37
534.701
2310073
14
G13
37
535.169
2310495
15
G14
37
536.495
2310467
16
G15
37
536.990
2310508
17
G16
37
538.787
2311164
18
G17
37
539.196
2312221
19
G18
37
539.855
2312551
20
G19
37
541.094
2313548
21
G20
37
542.210
2313400
22
G21
37
543.985
2313547
23
G22
37
545.207
2313994
24
G23
37
546.376
2313997
25
G24
37
548.065
2313212
26
G25
37
548.458
2313027
27
G26
37
549.172
2313002
28
G27
47
550.814
2313211
29
G28
47
552.256
2311547
30
G29
47
555.348
2310652
31
G30
37
555.901
2310663
32
G31
37
556.377
2312581
33
G32
37
558.130
2314025
34
G33
62
558.888
2314338
35
G34
62
559.399
2313479
36
G35
37
559.527
2312774
37
G36
47
561.961
2313542
38
G37
47
562.459
2314049
39
G38
47
564.513
2315920
40
G39
47
564.795
2316871
41
G40
47
566.709
2320240
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
8
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
b. Scale, quantity of construction and construction measures
Scale of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line project
Project of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi (old Hoai Duc) transmission line is constructed with
scale and technical specifications as follows:
- Voltage: 220kV
- Number of circuits: 02 circuits, 04 circuits.
- Length of the line: 50.6km
- Location: going through Hoa Binh, Ky Son and Luong Son District (Hoa Binh
province); Quoc Oai district (Hanoi).
- Conductor: ACSR-2x330/43 and AACSR- 2 x 380/50 for Da River span.
- Earthling wire: 2 earthling wires, including the usual earthling wires PHLOX 116 and
the one with fiber cable OPGW 120, 24 fibers. Especially, one more earthling wire (PHLOX 116)
is used in the 3km headline from Hoa Binh switchyard
- Insulators: Insulator with suitable load, ceramic, glass or composite. Quantity of
insulators is based on creep page distance of 25mm, 20mm/kV. Specifications are equivalent with
U70B, U120B, U160B, 210B, U300B (according to IEC standards).
- Column: galvanized steel with the tower-shaped column of 4 circuits and 2 free
circuits. The column height for Da river span is 72m.
- Foundation: The pier and reinforced concrete foundations are used. Mat foundation is
used for span.
- Grounding: Radial and galvanized-steel.
- Reduce vibration for conductor and earthling wire.
Expansion of Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant: conducted by Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant
Company according to Document No.877/EVN-KH dated 22/3/2012 of EVN. This work is not in
the scope of project.
Quantity of construction:
- The number of steel suspension columns: 78;
- The number of steel tension columns: 48;
- The number of steel dead-end columns: 2;
- The number of crossing columns: 1 tower;
- The number of 4T foundations: 124;
- The number of mat foundations: 5;
Quantity of digging soil for foundation: 58377,49 m3;
Quantity of backfilling soil for foundation: 56988,48 m3;
- Reinforced foundation: 557,45 tons;
Quantity of concrete: 6684 m3;
- Quantity of steel columns: 2382 tons;
- Quantity of conductor, earthling wire, fiber cable: 883 tons;
- The number of tension and suspension strings: 1218;
- The number of sets of earthling wires: 381 sets.
Construction measures:
Foundation construction:
- Manual excavation;
- Identify the center of foundation location;
- Mold, shuttering are produced in the factory and assembled on site;
- Steel and reinforced concrete are made on site;
- Concrete is mixed on-site by machine and be casted in place;
- Install the grounding, backfill foundation hole and return the plane;
- Construct the embankment foundation.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
9
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Column construction:
Columns are transported to the certain location and erected by the method in which there
are both manual erection and installation for all steel columns on the line. This process should be
complied with the following requirements:
- Bolts are tightened and checked by a wrench with a tightening force as prescribed;
- Molds, boards, and formworks are produced in the factory and assembled on site;
- Steel and reinforced concrete are fabricated on site;
- Concrete is mixed and molded on site.
Installation of insulators, accessories:
- Insulator strings are installed manually at the top. It is necessary to prepare construction
equipment such as block, pulley, capstan and cable.
- Insulators and accessories should be cleaned before installation. The construction unit will
check the broken, cracked insulators and pins before installation.
Pulling and stretching for deflection:
- Due to topographical conditions in which there are a lot of houses, hills, creeks and a few
of relatively flat areas, stretching is mainly carried out manually in combination with
machines to keep the lines at a certain height and control speed of pulling the line.
- When pulling the line, we should avoid dragging the lines on the ground or hard
structures that can cause them to be worn out or scratched. Pulley is used to lay and pull
lines through the position of columns. For the installation of fiber cables, it is not allowed
to connect lines among the columns. Fiber cable core will be connected by informatics
workers.
- In the sections crossing over traffic roads, power lines, information lines, and houses, the
scaffolds should be firmly erected during stretching period.
c. Progress
According to Decision No.854/QD-TTg of the Prime Minister on approving trade and
development investment plan for 5 years (2011 – 2015) of the Electricity of Vietnam, Hoa Binh –
Tay Ha Noi transmission line is expected to operate in 2014.
d. Investment cost
Total investment cost: 526,746,443,000 VND.
Table 0.2: Total investment cost
No.
Expenses
Symbol
Amount
1
Construction
GXL
351,772,961,000
2
Equipment
GTB
163,942,000
3
Land clearance
GGPMB
17,434,521,000
4
Management
GQLDA
5,051,122,000
5
Consultant
GTV
17,218,997,000
6
Others
GK
7
Contingency
GDP
Total
42,507,583,000
92,597,767,000
526,746,443,000
Source: Description of project
e. Construction organization
Project management method is implemented by the Project Management Units as follows:
- Investor: National Power Transmission Corporation (NPT);
- Project managers: The Northern Vietnam Power Projects Management Board represents NPT
to directly manage the project;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
10
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
- Construction: Comply with the current regulations on construction investment management;
- Operation management: Power Transmission Company No.1.
3. IMPACTS AND METHODS TO MINIMINZE THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
OF THE PROJECT
a. Preparation Phase
- Impacts on air: Dust arises from grading and transportation of materials and wastes and
construction activities. The affected area is only at construction site, transportation route and
surrounding area.
- Impacts on water: When it rains, the erosion may pollute the surface water because the
original surface layer has been excavated with a layer of biomass and organic soil, and filled with
artificial ones to meet construction requirements. This increases the number of solid substances in
the eroded surfaces to penetrate into the river, affecting water quality of the project area.
- Impacts by solid wastes: The main sources are the excavated, transported topsoil and
domestic solid wastes of workers at construction site. If solid wastes are not properly collected
and treated in compliance with regulations, it will have negative impacts on human health,
environment, and local water contamination as well as the landscape.
- Impact of noise and vibration: Noise and vibration arise from land clearance activity and
transport of wastes. These impacts are temporary and level of effect is small or medium, but it
still causes inconvenience to local people.
- Impacts of land acquisition: As calculated, none of the 65 affected households is resettled;
however, there are some households losing a part of cultivated land for foundation construction.
- Impacts on ecosystem: The survey results showed that the project area is mostly
agricultural ecology where there is no rare fauna and flora. Thus, the main impact in this phase is
washing away the impurities on the ground into the river and channel, which contaminate the
surface water and affect indirectly to the environment of species.
Methods of minimizing impacts on environment:
- Methods of minimizing impacts on air: to cover construction site by using a system of
plastic steel wall (2-4m in height); to utilize excavated soil for backfilling; to cover the trucks
carrying material and arrange street sprinklers along the transport route 2 times/day during the
dry period.
- During the process of the land clearance, the households will lose a part of cultivated
land, trees, crops, buildings, which may disturb the life and income of the households. To
minimize the adverse impacts of the land clearance, the investor shall comply with the
regulations on compensation for the households in the safety area of the 220 kV grids.
- Domestic sewage: The amount of sewage is small. Workers will rent houses of local
people for accommodation. The sewage will be treated in the septic tank before discharging into
the environment. In addition, workers on site are strictly managed to minimize the direct
discharge of solid wastes and sewage into the soil, rivers and groundwater.
- Solid waste from excavating the topsoil will be disposed by specialized vehicles to
dumping sites.
- To minimize noise arising from the operation of vehicles and machines in construction
site, the effective method is arranging reasonable construction time. Most construction sites are
located on the hills and far away from the residential areas, the impact of noise and vibration will
be, therefore, greatly reduced. However, method of minimizing impacts of noise will be taken
during construction period.
- Noise from the operation of the vehicles is minimized by technical solutions, periodic
maintenance and high quality equipment.
- The maximum working time for workers is based on provisions of Vietnamese standards
3985-1999 on the working environment. The equipment concentration at the site will be
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
11
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
regulated to minimize the noise resonance. Old vehicles are not allowed to be used due to cause
high level of noise. Vehicles which cause high noise (such as generators, chainsaws, etc.) are
located in sheltered areas. The construction areas shall be sheltered to reduce the impacts of noise
on surrounding residential areas.
b. Construction phase
- Impacts on air: The smoke arising during the construction, operation of machines,
construction equipment and means of transportation is containing dusts, SOx, NOx, CO, CO2,
VOC… It causes environmental pollution in the project area. However, this occurs only locally in
the construction period, causing no serious impact on the environment.
- Impacts on water: During construction time, there are 10-15 teams working at different
project locations. Each team will have about 21-27 workers. The amount of generated sewage is
approximately 2.52 - 3.24 (m3/team), including residue, suspended solids, organic matter,
nutrients and pathogenic microorganisms. Moreover, the amount of sewage from the construction
process is about 1.5-3 m3/day. There is also rainy-water containing suspended solids, chemicals,
wasted oil and other pollutants on the surface of construction site.
- Impacts from solid wastes: Solid wastes on site including wastes from construction
activities and domestic wastes are estimated to be 20kg/day. There are oil residue and other
hazardous wastes such as batteries, accumulators, chemical substances, containers of chemicals,
oil rags, heavy metals, etc. in the construction process. The amount of hazardous waste is not
large but there are many potential risks to the environment during storage and treatment.
- Impacts of the noise and vibration: Noise generates during construction process mainly due
to construction equipment, concrete mixing systems, pile-driving equipment, operation of generators,
etc.
- Impact of the concentration of workers: During construction phase, concentration of
workers (about 300 people) from different regions. So, there are many different traditions and
customs. Moreover, the length of the transmission line is 50.6km, crossing over many localities.
This creates some negative impacts such as changing cultural characteristics, spreading diseases,
conflicting of interest of job and income, etc. On the contrary, concentration of workers will
develop economy of region, increase cultural exchanges and promote service industries.
- Impact from increasing traffic flow: Increasing traffic flow could cause traffic accidents,
road subsidence and traffic jams.
Method of minimizing impacts:
- Method of minimizing impacts on air: covering construction site; dividing the site into
different small locations and finishing the work one by one to minimize dust; chemical, fuel oil,
paint storage areas will be shielded; the containers have lids, warning plates; storage area should
be safe and ventilated to reduce impact due to odor and fire.
- Domestic sewage: As described above, workers will rent houses of local people for
accommodation. Wastewater will be treated in the septic tank before discharging into the
environment.
- Rainwater: There are drains around the bottom of foundation pits to irrigate water into 2
0.5m3 holes (the main component is ground water and rain water), which will then be deposited to
sort out mud sediments. After that, water from the two holes will be pumped into the surrounding
rivers and canals.
- Method of minimizing impacts of solid wastes and hazardous wastes: Wastes are removed
from the site and treated in accordance with the Circular No.12/2011/TT-BTNMT dated
14/04/2011 of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment on hazardous waste
management. The investors will sign a contract with functional units (eg: URENCO) to collect and
dispose hazardous wastes generated during construction period.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
12
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
- Method of minimizing impacts on the concentration of workers: First, priority is given to
using local manpower. Second, the contractor shall regularly advice and raise awareness of
workers. Additionally, the contractor will cooperate with local authorities to manage construction
workers to prevent security disorder and conflict with surrounding residents.
- Measures to reduce accidents and traffic jams: Regulate that the speed of vehicles
crossing to residential areas is not exceeded 20km/h; the warning lights and traffic signs are
equipped in the routes of project.
- Contractors and workers are required to strictly implement the regulations on labor safety
and fire prevention.
c. Operating phase
- Impact on air: During operating phase, there are not any activities affecting to air quality.
- Impact on water: During operating phase, there are not any activities affecting to water
quality.
- Impacts from solid wastes and hazardous wastes: Wastes from operation, periodic
maintenance activities of project include the broken stoneware, unnecessary electric wire and
cutting branches. The amount of waste depends on the number of repairing and maintaining
times.
- Impacts of electromagnetic fields: Electromagnetic fields can cause heating effects on
human body, such as changing the frequency of pulse, heart rate and capillaries reaction, the
dysfunction of the central nervous system, arrhythmias, glaucoma ...
Methods of minimizing the impacts:
- Methods of minimizing the impacts on air: During operating phase, there is no emission;
therefore, these methods are not necessarily taken.
- Methods of minimizing the impacts on water: During operation phase, there is no
generated sewage. Therefore, these methods are not necessarily taken.
- Methods of minimizing the impacts on solid wastes: The solid wastes as branches can be
utilized for firewood; the replaced wires or broken stoneware are collected and concentrated at
specified places.
- Methods of minimizing the impacts of electromagnetic fields: Design of transmission
line complies with the safety standards on electricity and public health as well as the effects of
the corridor. Protective equipment is equipped for the workers who work in the high
electromagnetic field. It is necessary to monitor periodically electromagnetic field along the
transmission line and set up the safety corridors of grid.
4. PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT, OBSERVATION AND
MONITORING
- Training and improving the ability of environmental management for staffs and operation
workers.
- Develop the system of environmental reporting for the corresponding levels in the
operating phase.
- Monitor and observe the specific indicators of the pollution of water, air, soil, and
electromagnetic fields.
- Check and take methods to minimize negative impacts on the environment and recover
the environment after construction.
- Identify the risks of environmental degradation and take timely preventive measures.
- Inspect the performance of the works and pollution treatment facilities.
- Apply technical solutions in designing to control the intensity of electromagnetic fields in
a corridor area (under 5kV/m).
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
13
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
INTRODUCTION
1. ORIGIN OF PROJECT
The West of Hanoi has been rapidly developing and there are many important power sub
loads. There are lacks of 220kV power supply in this area because the power is partly supplied by
220kV substations of Ha Dong, Chem, Xuan Mai that are inherently overloaded. Therefore, Hoa
Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line mainly aims at supplying power for Western areas of
Hanoi. Moreover, this project will contribute to supply stable electricity for Hanoi and other
regions, as well as to reduce the load for 220kV transmission lines from Hoa Binh to Ha Dong
and Xuan Mai.
The project of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line aims at supplying power
from Hoa Binh 220kW transformer station to the national grid, meeting the requirement on
industrial, economic – social development of Hoa Binh province and the Western areas of Hanoi
in the period of 2011 – 2015.
The project of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line is under Master Plan of
National Power Development in the period of 2011 – 2020, vision to 2030 (Master Plan VII)
approved by the Prime Minister in the Decision No.1208/QD-TTg dated 21/7/2011. Complying
with Law on Environmental Protection dated 29/11/2005 of National Assembly of the Socialist
Republic of Vietnam, Decree No.29/2011/ND-CP of the Government provides strategic
environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection
commitment, Circular No.26/2011/TT-BTNMT dated 18/7/2011 of Ministry of Natural
Resources and Environment and sub-law documents of the Government and Ministry of Natural
Resources and Environment. Moreover, according to instructions of Circular 26/2011/TTBTNMT dated 18/7/2011 of Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment, the Northern
Vietnam Power Projects Management Board cooperates with the Institute of Energy – Ministry of
Industry and Trade to make a report on environmental impact assessment (EIA) for the project of
Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line. This report is made to assess the environmental
impacts, to propose methods of minimizing the negative impacts, to prevent and respond to
environmental incidents, to develop environmental monitoring and assessment program based on
the sustainable development principles during construction and operation phase of the project.
2. LEGAL FRAME AND TECHNICAL BASIS TO IMPLEMENT ASSESSMENT OF
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
2.1. Legal frame
1. Law on Environmental Protection 2005 of National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of
Vietnam dated 29/11/2005, under Decision No. 52/2005/QH11;
2. Construction Law is approved on 26/11/2003 at the 4th session of National Assembly XI,
to be promulgated on 10/12/2003;
3. Law on Electricity is promulgated on 03/12/2004 by the National Assembly of the
Socialist Republic of Vietnam according to Decision No. 28/2004/QH11;
4. Law on People’s Health Protection – Law No. 21-LCT/HDNN8 is approved by the 8th
National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 30/6/1989;
5. Law on Investment in 2005 is approved by the 11th National Assembly of the Socialist Republic
of Vietnam at the 8th session on 29/11/2005;
6. Law on land – Law No. 13/2003/QH11 is approved by the 11th National Assembly of the
Socialist Republic of Vietnam at the 4th session on 26/11/2003, to be effective from 10/12/2003;
7. Labor Law – Law No. 10/2012/QH13 is approved by 13th National Assembly of the Socialist
Republic of Vietnam at the 3rd session on 18/06/2012, to be effective from 01/05/2013;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
14
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
8. Biodiversity Law – Law No.20/2008/QH12 is approved by the 12th National Assembly of the
Socialist Republic of Vietnam at the 4th session on 13/11/2008, , to be effective from
28/11/2008;
9. Law on Forest Protection and Development – Law No.58/LCT/HĐNN8 is approved by 8th
National Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam at the 9th session on 12/8/1991, to be
effective from 19/08/1991;
10. Law on environmental protection tax – Law No.57/2010/QH12 is approved by National
Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 15/11/2010;
11. Law on Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting – Law No.27/2001/QH10 is approved by National
Assembly of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam on 29/06/2001;
12. Law on Investment No. 59/2005/QH11 is promulgated by National Assembly of the Socialist
Republic of Vietnam on 29/11/2005;
13. Decree No.59/2007/ND-CP dated 09/04/2007 of the Government on solid waste management;
14. Decree No.117/2009/ND-CP dated 31/12/2009 of the Government on the handling of law
violations in the domain of environmental protection;
15. Decree No.106/ND-CP dated 17/8/2005 of the Government on amending and
supplementing a number of articles of the Law on Electricity regarding the safe protection
of high-voltage power grid works;
16. Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP dated 12/10/2009 of the Government on amending and
supplementing a number of articles of the Government's Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP of
August 17, 2005, detailing and guiding the implementation of a number of articles of the
Electricity Law. regarding the safe protection of high-voltage power grid works;
17. Decree No.169/2003/ND-CP dated 24/12/2003 of the Government on electricity safety;
18. Decree No.29/2011/ND-CP dated 18/4/2011 of the Government on providing strategic
environmental assessment, environmental impact assessment and environmental protection
commitment;
19. Decree No.12/2009/ND-CP dated 10/02/2009 of the Government on management of
investment projects on the construction of works;
20. Decree No. 69/2009/ND-CP dated 13/08/2009 of the Government on additionally providing
for land use planning, land prices, land recovery, compensation, support and resettlement;
21. Circular No.26/2011/TT-BTNMT dated 18/7/2011 of the Ministry of Natural Resources
and Environment on detailing a number of articles of the Government's Decree no.
29/2011/ND-CP of April 18th 2011, on strategic environmental assessment,
environmental impact assessment and environmental protection commitment;
22. Circular No.12/2011/TT-BTNMT dated 14/04/2011 of the Ministry of Natural Resources
and Environment on stipulating hazardous waste management;
23. Circular No.22/2010/TT-BXD dated 03/12/2010 of the Ministry of Construction on labor
safety in work construction;
24. Circular No.28/2011/TT-BTNMT, Circular No.29/2011/TT-BTNMT and Circular No.
33/2011/TT-BTNMT dated 01/8/2011 of the Ministry of Natural Resources and
Environment on providing for the technical process of environmental inspection for air
and noise, continent surface water and soil;
25. Circular No.16/2009/TT-BTNTM dated 07/10/2009 of the Ministry of Natural Resources
and Environment on defining national technical regulations on environment;
26. Circular No.39/2010/TT-BTNTM dated 16/12/2010 of the Ministry of Natural Resources
and Environment on defining national technical regulations on environment;
27. Circular No.03/2010/TT-BCT dated 22/01/2010 of Industry and Trade of Ministry of
some regulations on the protection and safety of high voltage power grid works;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
15
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
28. Decision No.1208/QD-TTg dated 21/7/2011 of the Prime Minister approving National
Power Development Master Plan in the period of 2011 – 2020 outlooks to 2030.
29. Decision No.16/2008/QD-BTNMT dated 31/12/2008 of the Ministry of Natural
Resources and Environment on promulgating of national technical regulation on
environment;
30. Decision No.4351/QD-BCT dated 29/8/2011 of Ministry of Industry and Trade on
approving “Power Development Plan in Hanoi City for 2011 – 2015 outlook to 2020”;
31. Document No.1920/TTg-CN dated 01/12/2005 of the Prime Minister on designing
basically of power grid projects.
2.2. Environmental standards and regulations
Regulations on air and noise quality:
- QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT: National technical regulations on ambient air quality (for CO,
SO2, NO2, total dust).
- QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT: National technical regulations on noise.
- QCVN 27:2010/BTNMT: National technical regulations on vibration.
Regulations on water quality:
- QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT – National technical regulations on surface water quality.
- QCVN 14:2008/BTNMT – National technical regulations on wastewater.
- QCVN 02:2009/BYT – National technical regulations on domestic water quality.
Regulations on soil quality:
- QCVN 43:2012/BTNMT: National Technical Regulations on Sediment Quality.
- QCVN 03:2008/BTNMT: National technical regulations on the pesticide residues in the
soils.
Standards and regulations on other environmental quality:
- TCVN 4086:1995 group H: Electrical safety in construction
- QCVN 01:2008/BCT: National technical regulation on Electric safety.
- QCVN 07:2009/BTNMT: National Technical Regulation on Hazardous Waste.
- Status on managing and protecting the environment in Vietnam Electricity (QC-09-01),
issued with Decision No.546/QD-EVN dated 06/09/2011 of Council Members of
Vietnam Electricity.
- Decision No.3733/2002/QD-BYT dated 10/10/2002 of the Ministry of Health
promulgating 21 labor hygiene standards, 05 principles and 07 labor hygiene
measurements (Standard No.14,15,16,17 – Magnetic standard and electric field strength).
2.3. Safety policies of World Bank
Assessment report of environmental impacts in Hoa Binh - Tay Ha Noi 220kV
transmission line is complied with safety policies of World Bank such as: Environmental
assessment (OP 4.01), Indigenous People (OP/BP 4.10), and Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP
4.12). Moreover, EIA of this project must be complied with the requirements of World Bank’s
Safety policies about stakeholders’ consultation and information publication. Implementation of
Involuntary Resettlement Policy will be mentioned in another report. The screening has also
resulted in categorizing the subproject as a Category B project. In addition, the Bank’s
requirements on public consultation and information disclosure will need to be followed.
An environmental and social screening of the subproject was undertaken in line with the
OP 4.01 and it showed that the World Bank’s policies on Environmental Assessment (OP/BP
4.01), Indigenous People (OP/BP 4.10), and Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) will be
triggered for the subproject. The screening has also resulted in categorizing the subproject as a
Category B project. In addition, the Bank’s requirements on public consultation and information
disclosure will need to be followed.
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01):
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
16
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Environmental Assessment (EA) is an umbrella policy for the Bank’s safeguard policies.
The overarching objective is to ensure that Bank-financed projects are environmentally sound
and sustainable, and that decision-making is improved through appropriate analysis of actions
and of their likely environmental impacts. The EA process is intended to identify, avoid and
mitigate potential impacts of Bank operations. EA takes into account the natural environment
(air, water, and land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement,
indigenous peoples, and physical cultural resources); and transboundary and global
environmental aspects. EA considers natural and social aspects in an integrated way.
This subproject triggers OP 4.01 because it involves the construction and operation of a
high-voltage substation and connecting overhead transmission lines, requiring the identification,
mitigation and monitoring of potential adverse environmental and social impacts. As required by
OP 4.01 and the government EA regulation, the subproject has prepared an EIA and an EMP that
meet the Government’s and the World Bank’s safeguards requirements. By the TEP appraisal, the
subproject draft EIA and EMP have been disclosed locally at the subproject areas and the Bank’s
InfoShop in Washington DC on January 24, 2014 as required by OP 4.01 and the Bank’s policy
on access to information. The final subproject EIA and EMP were disclosed locally at the
subproject sites, at the Bank’s InfoShop, and the Vietnam Development Information Center on
April 18, 2014.
Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12)
The Involuntary Resettlement policy seeks to prevent severe long-term hardship,
impoverishment, and environmental damage to the affected peoples during involuntary
resettlement. OP 4.12 applies whether or not affected persons must move to another location. The
Bank describes all these processes and outcomes as “involuntary resettlement,” or simply
resettlement, even when people are not forced to move. Resettlement is involuntary when the
government has the right to expropriate land or other assets and when affected people do not have
the option to retain the livelihood situation that they have.
This policy is triggered because the subproject it would have impacts involving the
temporary and permanent involuntary taking of land and the loss of structures and assets
associated with the land for the construction of the substation and the associated connecting line.
By appraisal, the subproject has prepared and disclosed a draft RP locally at the subproject areas
and the Bank’s InfoShop in Washington DC on January 24, 2014 as required by OP 4.01 and the
Bank’s policy on access to information. The RP includes the measures to ensure that displaced
people are: (i) informed about the options regarding resettlement; (ii) consulted and offered
alternative resettlement choices; and (iii) provided with effective compensation and livelihood
restoration. The final subproject RP was disclosed locally at the subproject sites, at the Bank’s
InfoShop, and the Vietnam Development Information Center on April 18, 2014.
Indigenous People (OP/BP 4.10)1:
This Indigenous Peoples policy is designed to ensure that the development process fully
respects the dignity, human rights, economies and cultures of Indigenous Peoples. The policy
requires projects to identify impacts on indigenous peoples and develop a plan to address the
impacts, both positive and adverse. Projects should be designed with benefits that reflect the
cultural preferences of indigenous peoples. The borrower should carry out free, prior, and
informed consultation and obtain broad community support for the project.
1
Full treatment of OP/BP 4.10 can be consulted at
http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/PROJECTS/EXTPOLICIES/EXTSAFEPOL/0,,contentMDK:20543990~menuPK:1286666~pag
ePK:64168445~piPK:64168309~theSitePK:584435,00.html
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
17
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
The subproject is located in geographical areas where ethnic minority communities of the
Muong people are present. Therefore, this policy is triggered. As required by OP 4.10, an EMPF
has been prepared that sets out guidelines to: (a) ensure that the EM people receive social and
economic benefits that are culturally appropriate; (b) avoid potentially adverse effects on the
ethnic minority communities; and (c) when such adverse impacts cannot be avoided, minimize,
mitigate, or compensate for such effects. An EMDP has also been prepared for this subproject.
The EMDP includes a summary of the consultations, the scope of impacts and mitigation
measures, activities for the enhancement of project implementing agencies and estimated costs
for the Plan. All the EMPF and EMDP have been disclosed locally at the subproject areas and the
Bank’s InfoShop in Washington DC on January 24, 2014 as required by the Bank’s policy on
access to information.
World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines
World Bank-financed projects should also take into account the World Bank Group
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines2 (known as the "EHS Guidelines"). The EHS
Guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of
Good International Industry Practice.
The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are normally
acceptable to the World Bank Group and are generally considered to be achievable in new
facilities at reasonable costs by existing technology. The environmental assessment process may
recommend alternative (higher or lower) levels or measures, which, if acceptable to the World
Bank, become project- or site-specific requirements.
This subproject should conform the Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for
Electric Power Transmission and Distribution and the General EHS Guidelines.
2.4. Technical document and data generated and collected by the project owner
1. Report of project description, drawings, total investment cost and economic–financial
analysis and calculation appendix of the project “Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV
transmission line” are made by Institute of Energy in April 2012.
2. Environmental inspection result is made by Key Laboratory for High Voltage - Institute
of Energy in October 2012.
3. Environmental inspection result of platform is made by Department of Chemistry –
Physics Laboratory, Operation Service and Environmental Analysis at Institute of
Chemical – Biological Technology and Operation Document in November 2012.
4. Document No.6195/CV-EVN-KH dated 21/11/2007 of Vietnam Electricity on tasking
Institute of Energy to construct Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi (old Hoai Duc) 220kV
transmission line.
5. Document No.785/UBND-CN dated 19/5/2008 of the People’s Committee of Hoa Binh
province on negotiating to the alignment of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission
line.
6. Document No.132/CDS-QLĐS dated 24/01/2008 of Vietnam Waterway Department on
safety clearance of transmission line getting over Da River.
7. Document No.1257/BQP-TM dated 18/3/2008 of Ministry of National Defense on
negotiating to the alignment of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line (old
Hoai Duc).
8. Document No.107/VNL-TT1 dated 24/9/2009 of Institute of Energy for the approval of
position of 220kV, 110kV substation.
2
The EHS Guidelines can be consulted at www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/EnvironmentalGuidelines.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
18
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
9. Document No.1305/QHKT-HTKT dated 03/06/2009 of Hanoi Department of Planning
and Architecture on the position of Hoai Duc 220kV substation and connecting
220,110kV transmission lines.
10. Document No.656/VNL-TT1 dated 03/07/2009 of Institute of Energy on the position of
220kV substation.
11. Document No.513/UBND-C dated 09/07/2009 on the position of 220kV substation in
Dong Quang commune, Quoc Oai district.
12. Minutes of working with People’s Committee of Quoc Oai district dated 07/04/2010 on
Tay Ha Noi 50/220kV substation and transmission lines which connect with the
substation.
13. Document No.1410/QHKT-HTKT dated 11/5/2010 of Hanoi Planning – Architecture
Department on location of Tay Ha Noi 500/220kV substation and the alignment of
220kV, 110kV transmission line connecting to the substation.
14. Document No.4208/UBND-CT dated 10/6/2010 of People’s Committee of Hanoi City on
arranging the layout of transmission line and Tay Ha Noi substation.
15. Document No.389/UBND-KT dated 18/5/2011 of People’s Committee of Quoc Oai
district on agreeing the alignment of Hoa Binh – Quoc Oai 220kV transmission line.
16. Record of field inspection used to establish investment project Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi
(old Hoai Duc) 220kV transmission line among National Power Transmission
Corporation, the North Power Project Management Unit and Institute of Energy on
8/7/2011.
17. Document No.3032/QHKT-P7 dated 01/9/2011 of Hanoi Planning – Architecture to
People’s Committee of Hanoi City on agreeing the alignment of 220kV, 110kV
transmission line connecting to Tay Ha Noi (Quoc Oai, old Hoai Duc) 220kV substation.
18. Document No.216/BTM-T1 dated 06/01/2011 of BTL Communication on agreeing to
prevent effect of high voltage transmission line to the military communication system.
19. Document No.1418/H47-P1 dated 18/10/2011 of Department of Communication General Department of Logistics and Engineering – Ministry of Public Security on
preventing the effect of high voltage transmission line to communication system.
20. Document No.239/ CAHN-PH41B dated 01/03/2012 of Hanoi Police on agreeing to
prevent effect of high voltage transmission line to Hanoi Police’s communication system.
21. Document No.1756/BGTVT-KCHT dated 14/3/2012 of Ministry of Transport on
agreeing the direction of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line that crossing
over Highway 21.
22. Document No.1646/AMB-P5 dated 23/08/2012 of The Northern Vietnam Power
Projects Management Board on informing the content of project, environmental
protection methods of “Investment Project of Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission
line of communes, wards that have transmission line crossing over.
23. Reply document No.51/UBND – VP dated 02/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Ky Son
town;
24. Reply document No.27/UBND – VP dated 01/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Dan
Hoa commune;
25. Reply document No.--/UBND – VP dated 01/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Huu
Nghi precinct;
26. Reply document No.42/UBND dated 02/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Dan Ha
commune;
27. Reply document No.41/CV-UBND dated 04/09/2012 of People’s Committee of Hoa Son
commune;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
19
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
28. Reply document No.36/UBND dated 03/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Dong Yen
commune;
29. Reply document No.1024/UBND dated 03/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Can Huu
commune;
30. Reply document No.52/UBND-VP dated 03/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Lam Son
commune;
31. Reply document No.--/UBND–VP dated 01/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Tan Thinh
precinct;
32. Reply document No.--/UBND–VP dated 01/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Hoa Binh
commune;
33. Reply document No.50/UBND–VP dated 02/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Yen
Mong commune;
34. Reply document No.47/UBND–VP dated 01/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Mong
Hoa commune;
35. Reply document No.67/CV-UBND dated 12/10/2012 of People’s Committee of Luong
Son town.
3. APPLIED METHODS DURING EIA PERIOD
Methods applied during EIA period of the “Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission
line Project” includes:
Rapid and similar assessment: Rapid and similar assessment method is used to calculate the
pollution load of sewage and air in the project area. This method which is proposed by the World
Health Organization (WHO) is approved to use in many countries. In Vietnam, this method is
introduced and applied in many EIA studies. This method is relatively accurate on calculating of
pollution load in the limited conditions of measuring and analyzing equipments. In this report, the
pollution load coefficients obtained from the guideline document of EIA.
Network diagram: This method is based on determining the mutual relationship between
the sources of impacts and the affected environmental factors. This relationship is presented by
the principles of causes and effects. This method can determine the direct impacts (the primary
one) and indirect impacts chain (the secondary one). This method is shown through a network
diagram in different types.
Public consultation - Sociological investigation: This method is used to investigate, update
the information about the socio-economic development in 14 regions. Moreover, the method also
aims at investigating and assessing impacts of the proposed Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV
transmission line and existing transmission line on the life of local people in the project area.
It is necessary to directly discuss and interview the local officers and residents on the socioeconomic development, as well as introduce the benefits and the potential negative impacts of the
project; then, collect the feedbacks on the project and the expectation of local people (if any).
Comparing to environmental standards and regulations: This method is used to assess the
environmental impacts of the project on the basis of comparison with the limits specified in the
current Vietnamese environmental standards and regulations.
Conjecture: This method is based on documents of previous projects and the activities of the
project, the phenomenon and the similar incidents. It is also used to review preliminarily on the
impacts on the natural environment and socio-economic siutation, etc
4. EIA IMPLEMENTATION
EIA report is prepared by The Northern Power Projects Management Unit and consulted
by the Institute of Energy. The main steps are:
- Establishing working group and assigning tasks of making EIA report;
- Researching and surveying the current status of project area: environmental
conditions, local natural and economic - social conditions;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
20
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
- Public consultation;
- Developing thematic reports;
- Preparing general reports;
- Organizing workshops on consultation of experts, revising the reports;
- Submitting to the competent authorities for the evaluation and approval of the reports.
Brief information of consultancy unit
Institute of Energy – Ministry of Industry and Trade
Address: No. 06, Ton That Tung Street, Dong Da district, Hanoi.
Telephone: (04) 3852.3730-3852.9310 - Fax: (04) 3852.9302-3852.3311.
E-mail: bbt@ievn.com.vn; website: www.ievn.com.vn
Representative: Mr. Hoang Tien Dung; Position: Director of Institute of Energy
List of members who make the assessment report of environmental impacts of project is shown in
Table 0.3 as below:
Table 0.3: List of members who make environmental impact assessment report
NO.
FULL NAME
DEGREE
OFFICE
SPECIALITY
A. Project owner: The Northern Vietnam Power Projects Management Board
1
Mr. Phan Luong Thien
Engineer
2
Mr. Nguyen Huu Chanh
Engineer
Project owner, Director of
PMB
Project owner, expert of
PMB
Electricity
Electricity
B. Consultancy unit: Institute of Energy
1
Mr. Vu Chi Cong
Engineer
2
Mr. Doan Ngoc Duong
Master
3
Ms. Nguyen Thi Thu
Huyen
Engineer
4
Ms. Le Hoang Anh
Engineer
5
Mr. Trinh Hoang Long
Master
6
Mr. Pham Hung
Master
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
Center of Energy Consulting
and Technology transfer
Environment
- Institute of Energy
Director of Consulting
Center of Thermoelectricity,
Thermoelectricity
Nuclear Power and
Environment
Manager of Environment
Department, Consulting
Center of Thermoelectricity,
Environment
Nuclear Power and
Environment– Institute of
Energy
Environment Department,
Consulting Center of
Hydrography –
Thermoelectricity, Nuclear
Environment
Power and Environment–
Institute of Energy
Environment Department,
Consulting Center of
Thermoelectricity, Nuclear
Environment
Power and Environment–
Institute of Energy
Key Laboratory for High
Electricity
Voltage, Institute of Energy
21
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
7
Mr. Tran Viet Son
Master
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Key Laboratory for High
Voltage, Institute of Energy
Electricity
Moreover, the report has been also made by environmental experts in many fields such as
waste water, solid waste, emission, ecological and environment economy, etc.
During implementation process, we have received the cooperation and assistance of
following agencies:
1. Ministry of Transport.
2. Ministry of National Defense.
3. Vietnam Electricity Group
4. Vietnam Inland Waterways Administration.
5. Communication Agency - General Department of Logistics & Technology – Ministry of
Public Security.
6. Staff Department - Communications Command.
7. Institute of Energy – Ministry of Industry and Trade.
8. National Power Transmission Corporation.
9. Power Engineering Consulting Joint Stock Company 1.
10. Power Engineering Consulting Joint Stock Company 4.
11. People’s Committee of Hoa Binh province.
12. People’s Committee of Hanoi City.
13. Hanoi Department of Planning and Architecture.
14. Hanoi Police.
15. People’s Committee of Chuong My district – Hanoi City.
16. People’s Committee of Quoc Oai district – Hanoi City.
17. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of the Tan Thinh precinct – Hoa Binh
tower – Hoa Binh province.
18. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of the Tan Hoa precinct – Hoa Binh
tower – Hoa Binh province.
19. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of the Huu Nghi precinct – Hoa Binh
tower – Hoa Binh province.
20. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Yen Mong town – Hoa Binh tower
– Hoa Binh province.
21. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Hòa Sơn – Luong Son district –
Hoa Binh province.
22. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Lam Son town – Luong Son district
– Hoa Binh province.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
22
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
23. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Luong Son town– Luong Son
district – Hoa Binh province.
24. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Dan Hoa town – Ky Son district –
Hoa Binh province.
25. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Dan Ha town – Ky Son district –
Hoa Binh province.
26. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Mong Hoa town – Ky Son district –
Hoa Binh province.
27. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Ky Son town – Ky Son district –
Hoa Binh province.
28. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Dong Yen commune – Quoc Oai
district – Hanoi City.
29. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Can Huu commune – Quoc Oai
district – Hanoi City.
30. People’s Committee, Fatherland Front Committee of Dong Quang commune – Quoc Oai
district – Hanoi City.
31. Local people of the above areas.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
23
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
CHAPTER 1: SUMMARY OF PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.1 Project name
Investment project is “Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line”
1.2 Project owner
Project owner: The Northern Vietnam Power Projects Management Board – PMB
Director: Mr. Phan Luong Thien
Address: 1111D, Hong Ha Street, Hoan Kiem district, Hanoi
Telephone: 04.22103112
Fax: 04.39840824
1.3 Geographical position of project
Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi 220kV transmission line crosses over 2 provinces: Hoa Binh and
Hanoi. The details are given as follows:
- Hoa Binh province: Hoa Binh tower, Ky Son district, Luong Son district.
- Hanoi: Quoc Oai district.
Position coordinates of project are shown in Table 1.1
Table 1.1: Position coordinate of project
Coordinate
Turning
Height of
No.
angle
tower
N
E
1
DD
37
533.486
2301868
2
G1
37
533.226
2302236
3
G2
37
533.109
2302911
4
G3
47
533.113
2303279
5
G4
37
533.495
2304123
6
G5
37
533.495
2304123
7
G6
37
533.740
2304497
8
G7
37
534.202
2305465
9
G8
37
534.281
2306082
10
G9
52
534.400
2306673
11
G10
37
534.449
2307143
12
G11
37
534.530
2309012
13
G12
37
534.701
2310073
14
G13
37
535.169
2310495
15
G14
37
536.495
2310467
16
G15
37
536.990
2310508
17
G16
37
538.787
2311164
18
G17
37
539.196
2312221
19
G18
37
539.855
2312551
20
G19
37
541.094
2313548
21
G20
37
542.210
2313400
22
G21
37
543.985
2313547
23
G22
37
545.207
2313994
24
G23
37
546.376
2313997
25
G24
37
548.065
2313212
26
G25
37
548.458
2313027
27
G26
37
549.172
2313002
28
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
G27
47
550.814
2313211
24
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Coordinate
N
E
552.256
2311547
29
Turning
angle
G28
Height of
tower
47
30
G29
47
555.348
2310652
31
G30
37
555.901
2310663
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
G31
G32
G33
G34
G35
G36
G37
G38
G39
G40
37
37
62
62
37
47
47
47
47
47
556.377
558.130
558.888
559.399
559.527
561.961
562.459
564.513
564.795
566.709
No.
2312581
2314025
2314338
2313479
2312774
2313542
2314049
2315920
2316871
2320240
Source: Description of project
Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line has main characteristics as follows:
- Start point: 220kV busbar at Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant 220kV switchyard;
- End point: 220kV busbar at Tay Ha Noi 220kV substation, Quoc Oai district, Hanoi
city;
- The proposed length of the line: 50,6 km;
- Location: going through Hoa Binh tower, Ky Son and Luong Son district (Hoa Binh
province), Quoc Oai district (Hanoi City);
- Long span: getting over Da River;
- Crossing to highway: 1 time (Highway No.21)
- Main terrain condition:
+ Section going through Hoa Binh province: Main terrain is low hills and mountains;
+ Section going through Hanoi City: Main terrain is low hills and mountains;
- The number of the affected houses: 65.
a. For section across Hoa Binh province: 39,8km in length
a.1. Transmission line from Hoa Binh 220kV switchyard to G13 (length of 9,2 km)
Solution for transmission line from Hoa Binh 220kV switchyard to G13: between two
220kV transmission lines: Hoa Binh – Viet Tri 220kV transmission line (1 circuit) and Hoa Binh
– Xuan Mai – Chem 220kV transmission line (2 circuits).
Advantages
The transmission line is between two existing 220kV transmission lines. So, there is no
effect to the development plan of local areas; moreover, it also saves power corridor.
This is a favorable terrain condition for the construction, installation, operation,
maintenance and incidents repair.
Disadvantages
Improve and move three 220kV feeders of Viet Tri and Nho Quan substation and
communication feeder of Hoa Binh 220kV switchyard.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
25
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Advantages
The route which is located between two existing 220kV voltage lines has absolutely no
effect to the planned development of the area and saves power line corridor.
The terrain is favorable for the construction, installment, operation, maintenance and
repair in case of incidents.
Disadvantages
It is necessary to renovate and move three 220kV voltage routes in Viet Tri, Nho Quan and
disconnect the communication with 220kV Hoa Binh
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
26
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
substation.
Figure 1.1: The proposed line going through Da River
a.2. The section from G9A to G9B intersects with 220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri tranmission line
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
27
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
The tranmission line G9A – G9B (as shown in the Figure: the Distance between 220kV
Hoa Binh – Viet Tri line and 220kV Hoa Binh – Xuan Mai – Chem line is 27m long, which is not
enough for the 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Hanoi tranmission line to get in between. As a result, the
choice of planting two 4-circuit pylons along with the 220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri is highly
preferred. The 220kV line from Hoa Binh hydropower plant to Ha Dong, Xuan Mai and Chem
are the main power source for Hanoi area and always in the full loaded condition. Therefore, the
solutions of electricity cutoff for the 220kV Hoa Binh – Xuan Mai – Chem will critically affect
the electricity supply ability for Hanoi area.
On the other hand, 220kV Viet Tri substation in the period 2012-2013 is electrically
supplied not only from Hoa Binh hydropower plant but also from other sources such as 550kV
Son La hydropower plant and 500kV Hiep Hoa substation. For that reason, the electricity cutoff
for for the execution of connecting tranmission lines of 220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri wil have little
effect to the operation of 220kV Viet Tri substation.
a.3. The lines crossing Da river
Proposed line: The line from G12 – G13 – G14. (Figure 1.2)
Figure 1.2: The proposed line for the part across Da river
Comment:
The Proposal No.1 is a plan which only cuts through one residential house. The proposed
route is near the road, which is favourable for the construction and future operation.
The Proposal No.2, as a preliminary survey, is a plan which cuts through a large number
of residental houses along the road and Da River. In addition, the route G14-G17 is located on the
moutainous area which may be inconvenient for the construction and future operation.
-> The Proposal No.1 is selected.
a.4. The line from G17 to G21
The proposed line goes straight from G17 to the middle of G20 – G21 which aims to
reduce the length and the number of steering angle of the line, serving as an alternatives to the
chosen proposed line.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
28
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Figure 1.3: The line from G17 to G21
Table 1.2: The Proposed line from G17 to G21
No
Criteria
Chosen proposal
1
Length
4.41km
2
Number of steering
3
angle
3
No of house crossed
1
4
0
Other construction
5
Plants
Acacia + Eucalyptus (Gum Tree)
The chosen proposed line crosses over ferwer residential
Conclusion
houses (17 houses), which is more convinient for the
compensation and site clearance.
a.5. The line from G21 to G30
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
29
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Figure 1.4: The proposed line from G21 to G30
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
30
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
a.6. The line passing across Xuan Mai area
Figure 1.5: The line passing through Xuan Mai area
The line from G12 to G30 basically runs in parallel with the two available 220kV Hoa
Binh – Ha Dong and Hoa Binh – Xuan Mai – Chem. In particular, the line passing through Xuan
Mai (7 km long from G30 to G35) will be wholy adjusted to avoid the military areas, which are
located under the 220kV Hoa Binh – Xuan Mai – Chem line. Consequently, according to the
chosen proposal, the line goes up at G30to the hilly terrain to avoid the military areas, pagodas
and residential areas to the maximum, then passes the 220kV Xuan Mai line to G35. From G35,
the line continues run in parralel with the existing 220kV Hoa Binh – Xuan Mai- Chem.
b. The section passing through Hanoi
The line is 10.8km long from G36 to 220kV Tay Hanoi substation. Hanoi Construction
Planning Institute studied and created a direction introduction for this section line and the Hanoi
People’s Committee accepted in Document no. 8128/UBND-CT dated 29 September 2011. The
Propsed line is shown in the Figure 1.6 below:
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
31
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Figure 1.6: The proposed line in Quoc Oai, Hanoi
See appendix for the general map showing the current state of the overall project area
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
32
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
1.4. The main content of the project
1.4.1. The objective of the project
The construction of 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Hanoi tranmission line aims at:
The 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi is constructed the serve as the main electricity supply
for the electric distribution grids to the west of Hanoi.
The construction of 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi will improve the the voltage quality,
reduce the power loss in the electric distribution grids in the area.
In addition, the construction also contributes to the enhancement of the ability to provide
stable electricity tranmission system in Hanoi and in the regions as well as the reduction in the
electric load for other 220kV tranmission lines from Hoa Binh to Ha Dong, Xuan Mai.
The construction of 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi will operate in sync with 220kV Tay
Ha Noi substation by the year 2014.
1.4.2 The scale of the project
The construction of 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi tranmission line is executed with the
scale and technical features as follows:
Công trình Đường dây 220kV Hòa Bình – Tây Hà Nội được xây dựng với quy mô và đặc
điểm kỹ thuật như sau:
Voltage: 220kV
Number of circuits: 2 cuicuits, 4 circuits.
Total length: 50.6 km
The location of the line: the 220kV line passes through 14 communes in the area of Hoa
Binh city, Ky Son district, Luong Son district, Hoa Binh district, Quoc Oai district and Hanoi
city.
Electric conductors: Aluminum Conductors Steel Reinforced ACSR wire – 2 x 330/43.
The electric conductor for the section passing through Da river is Aluminum Alloy Conductor
Steel Reinforced AACSR – 2 x 380/50
Lightning resistance cable: 2 types of lightning resistance cable including normal PHLOX
116 and optical lightning resistance combined with fiber cable OPGW 120, 24 fiber cables. In
particular, the starting line of 3km long from SPP Hoa Binh will add another resistance cable
PHLOX 116.
Insulation: use insulation types match with suitable electric capacity, insulated by
ceramic, glass or composite, the number of insulated points is determined on the basis of
contaminated areas with the length of leakage line of 25mm, 20mm/kV. The technical features
are similar to other type of insulation such as U70B, U120B, U160B, U210B, U300B, according
IEC standard.
Pylon: Freestanding, galvanized steel pylon in pyramid shape with 4 circuits and 2
circuits. The section passing through Da river uses 72m long pylon.
Foundation: Steel Reinforced Concrete cyclinder foundation, buoyant foundation casted
in place, the section passing through Da river use buoyant foundation.
Grounding: Ray type, galvanized steel.
Stabilization for wires and lightning resistance cable
The extensions for 220kV Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant route: proceeded by Hoa Binh
Hydropower Company assigned by EVN as in Document number 877/EVN-KH dated 22 March
2012.
1.4.3 Construction items
1.4.3.1 Main construction items
a. Tranmission lines:
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
33
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
The 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi tranmission line has the total length of 50.6 km. The
beginning of the line is Pooctich 220kV of 220kV Hoa Binh substation and the endpoint is
Pooctich 220kV Tay Ha Noi substation. The tranmission line is described in details as follows:
Table 1.3: Summary of features of the transmission line
Source: Project notes
No
Sections
Lengths
Features
The first section of tranmission line connects to an
From 220kV Hoa
existing pylon of 220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri. At the
1
Binh substation to
45m
0
T =18
ĐĐ
54’11”.
The line cuts across the texture road, cuts
tranmission line 6kV to the acacia hill. G1 is located
2
From ĐĐ -:- G1
229.7m
on the acacia hill in the area of Huu Nghi ward and
0
P = 06 20’ 23”
The line cuts across the tranmission line 0.4kV
twice, the concrete road and orchards twice, and
3
From G1 -:- G2
576.4m
cuts through 06 residential houses in Huu Nghi
ward. G2 is located on the hill and has the right
0
P = 29 15’ 23”
The line cuts across the concrete inter-village roads,
2 residential houses in Tan Thanh ward and goes up
4
From G2 -:- G3
454.6m
to the complex-tree hill. And has the right steering
0
P = 00 04’39’’
The line cuts through a high steep cliffs, through the
bamboo hill to the complex-tree hill. G4 is located
5
From G3 -:-G4
776.6m
in the complex-tree hill and has the right steering
0
P = 06 32’05’’
The line goes up to the complex-tree hill and acacia
6
From G4 -:-G5
572.7m
hill. G5 is located on the acacia hill and has the
0
P = 19 10’10’’
The line cuts through concrete road and soil road.
The line cuts through 22kV, 35kV tranmission line,
cuts through 110kV twice and springs once. The
7
From G5 -:- G6
756.0m
line also cuts through 3 residential houses and 2
other ones located in the line corridor, through a
kindergarten and goes uphill. G6 is located on the
hill and has a left steering angle of T = 260 52’32’’
The line cuts across high mountains. G7 is located
8
From G6 -:- G7
353.2m
0
=
02
20’40’’
T
The line cuts through texture road to Tu Ly, cuts
concrete roads and goes uphill to the complex-tree
9
From G7 -:- G8
709.3m
hill and cuts through residential houses thrice. G8 is
T
10
From G8 -:- G9A
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
598.9m
= 040 18’26’’
The line cuts through the complex-tree hill across a
deep gulch to near the Pylon 13 of 220kV Hoa Binh
– Viet Tri tranmission line (G9A). At this place
plant a 4-circuit pylon along with 220kV Hoa Binh
34
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No
Sections
Lengths
11
From G9A -:G9B
138.8m
12
From G9B -:- G10
291.3m
13
From G10 -:- G11
1906.3m
14
From G11 -:- G12
983.3m
15
From G12 -:- G13
770.9m
16
From G13 -:- G14
1357.7m
17
From G14 -:- G15
516.9m
18
From G15 -:- G16
1995.7m
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Features
– Viet Tri tranmission line. G9A has a right steering
0
P =06 42’46”
The line cuts through a gulch near pylon 14 of
220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri tranmission line (G9B),
at which planted a 4-circuit pylon sharing 220kV
Hoa Binh – Viet Tri tranmission line. G9B has a left
0
T =03 33’ 00”
The line cuts through the gulch and goes up to the
complex-tree hill. G10 is located on the hill and has
0
T = 02 44’ 12”
The line runs on the complex-tree hill and acacia
hill, cuts concrete road, cuts the 0.4kV tranmission
line to the acacia hill. G11 is located on the hill and
0
P = 02 42’15’’
The line runs on the acicia hill. G12 is located on
0
P = 29
55’57’’
The line running on the acacia hill cuts through deep
gulch and goes up to a small acacia hill. G13 is
located on the hill and has a right steering angle of
0
P = 62 09’37’’
The line cuts the texture road to Yen Mong, cuts
0.4kV line once and the communication line once,
cuts 6kV line once, cuts through Da River, cuts
35kV line once and goes down to the field nearby
the river. G14 is located on the field and has a left
steering angle of T = 350 35’10’’
The line runs on the field, then cuts through the
texture road and goes up to the hill of acacia and
bamboo. The line cuts the communication line
twice, cuts a trench once. G15 is located on the
bamboo hillsi
P
= 090 28’18’’
The line goes along the acacia hillside, cuts through
a freshwater lake and a tent once. G16 is located on
T
19
From G16 -:- G17
1248.5m
20
From G17 -:- G18
778.2m
21
From G18 -:- G19
1535.3m
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
= 550 41’00’’
The line continues running along the acacia hillside.
The terrain varies significantly, with a number of
steep sloop. G17 is located on the acacia hillside and
0
P = 47 51’00’’
The line cuts through a small hill’s peak, crosses the
valley and goes up the the acacia hill. G18 is located
on the peak of the hill and has a left steering angle
0
T = 16 07’00’’
The line cuts through a small hillside, passes
through the area of Ba Hamlet of Mong Hoa
commune. Then the line cuts across the peak of
35
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No
Sections
Lengths
22
From G19 -:- G20
1107.6m
23
From G20 -:- G21
1594.2m
24
From G21 -:- G22
1521.5m
25
From G22 -:- G23
1003.0 m
26
From G23 -:- G24
2025.2m
27
From G24 -:- G25
402.1m
28
From G25 -:- G26
522.4m
29
From G26 -:- G27
1895.7m
30
From G27 -:- G28
2049.3m
31
From G28 -:- G29
3411.1m
32
From G29 -:- G30
516.5m
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Features
acacia hill and goes down to G19 which is located
on the hillside near the texture road. G19 has a right
0
P = 50 32’50’’
The line cuts through the area which is under
construction of the highway project Hoa Lac – Ha
Binh, cuts through the texture road, electric line
systems 0.4 and 25kV. After passing the rice field,
the line goes up to the high hill to G20. G20 is
located on the cassava hillside and has a left steering
angle of T = 200 06’39’’
The line runs on on the complex-tree hillside with
steep terrain and relatively strong variance in terrain
types. G21 is located on the hillside and has a left
0
T = 01 13’00’’
The line cuts through valleys and acacia hillside.
G22 is located on the peak of a complex-tree hill
and has a right steering angle of P = 150 58’44’’
The line started from the complex-tree hill runs
through the concrete road into the Thang Thien
Waterfall ecotourism, cuts through a deep gulch and
goes up to the complex-tree hill. G23 is located on
the hill and has a right steering angle of P = 210
04’21’’
The line mainly runs on the complex-tree hills and
acacia hills of Dan Hoa and Lam Son communes.
G24 is located on the complex-tree hill and has a
left steering angle of T = 100 05’55’’
The line runs from a complex-tree hill up to high
rocky hill. G25 is located on the hill and has a right
steering angle of P = 090 46’08’’
The line runs from the high rocky hill to short rocky
hill. G26 is located on the hill and has a left steering
angle of T = 330 26’00’’
The line started from the rocky hill cuts through
deep gulch and soil road twice. G27 is located on a
complex-tree hill and has a right steering angle of
0
P = 71 28’13’’
The line mainly runs on the complex-tree hill with
many lemon grass plants, acacia tree and banana
plants. G28 is located on the lemon grass hill and
has a left steering angle of T = 220 45’07’’
The line mainly runs through the complex-tree hill
with many lemon grass plants and acacia trees. The
line cuts through 3 residential houses on the line
corridor. G29 is located on the lemon grass hill and
has a left steering angle of T = 360 59’11’’
The line runs on the hill with many lemon grass
plants and acacia trees, cuts though texture road and
36
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No
Sections
Lengths
33
From G30 -:- G31
2004.5m
34
From G31 -:- G32
2199.7m
35
From G32 -:- G33
1012.6m
36
From G33 -:- G34
824.5m
37
From G34 -:- G35
704.9m
38
From G35 -:- G36
2656.5m
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Features
minitary barracks. G30 is located on the acacia hill
and has a left steering angle of T = 620 36’25’’
The line runs from the acacia hill, cuts the intervillage concrete road 5 times, cuts rocky road, cuts
the 0.4kV line thrice and the 35/0.4kV substation
once, cuts through ponds and lakes 5 times and 5
residential houses. G31 is located on the rocky
acacia hill and has a right steering angle of P = 330
01’36’’
The line mainly runs on the acacia hill and the
complex-tree hill, cuts through inter-village concrete
road once, cuts soil road twice, cuts rocky road
once, cuts 0.4kV tranmission line once and 35kV
tranmission line once, and cuts 3 residential houses
on the corridor. G32 is located on the acacia hill and
has a right steering angle of P = 420 25’31’’
The line mainly runs on the acacia hill, complextree hill and tea hill, cuts through soil road once,
110kV tranmission line once, 220kV line once and
there is 1 residential house on the line corridor. G33
is located on the complex-tree hill and has a right
steering angle of P = 730 03’43’’
The line mainly runs on the acacia hill, complextree hill, tea hill and fruit tree hill, cuts rocky road
once, 0.4kV line once, and 11 residential houses
which are located on the line corridor are cut by the
line. G34 is located on the tree nursery and has a left
steering angle of T = 020 03’43’’
The line mainly runs on the acacia hill, complextree hill, tea hill and fruit tree hill and runs on the
tree nursery of Vietnam Forestry University, cuts
through the concrete road once, cuts soil road once,
cuts 10kV line once and 6 residential houses which
lies in the line corridor are cut by the line. G35 is
located on the tree hill of Vietnam Forestry
University. G35 has the left steering angle of T =
830 28’38’’
The line runs in the tree nursery of Vietnam
Forestry University, cuts through concrete road
twice, cuts rocky road once, cuts texture road once
in the Forestry University’s park, cuts the Ho Chi
Minh road once, cuts the 220kV line once at the
220kV Xuan Mai substation, cuts the 35kV line
once and the 0.4kV four times. The line cuts
through 4 residential houses which lies in the line
corridor and passes through the one-crop fish pond
and rice field area once, cuts ponds twice. G36 is
located in the rice field and has a left steering angle
37
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No
Sections
Lengths
Features
of
39
40
41
42
43
0
T = 31 18’16’’
The line runs along the rice fields and cuts 2 small
ponds, cuts through concrete road and trench once.
From G36 -:- G37
625.3m
G37 is located on the rice field and has a right
steering angle of P = 070 43’03’’
The line runs through the one-crop field area and
fish pond in the middle of Dong Thuong and Dong
Ha hamlet of Dong Yen – Quoc Oai commune. The
line cuts through the tent near the fish-pond of Ms.
From G37 -:- G38
2644.7m Thu, cuts the 10kV line twice and 0.4kV line twice,
cuts through the communication line. The line
passes through Con river and the fish pond area to
reach G38. G38 is located on the field and has a left
steering angle of T = 240 39’08’’
The line cuts through a high dike which is of the
channel system of the fields in Can Huu commune.
The line cuts through 10kV line and communication
From G38 -:- G39
1226.9m
line once. G39 is located on the rice field near the
trench and has a right steering angle of P = 050
35’48’’
The line continues to runs on the rice fields of Can
Huu commune and Dong Quang commune, cuts
through the fish pond system and Poultry farm. The
From G39 -:- G40
3760.2m line cuts through the 35kV line twice, cuts 10kV
line once and the communication line once. G40 is
located on the rice field and has a right steering
angle of P = 350 30’35’’
The line runs on the rice field and crosses the high
G40 -:- NC
345.6m
trench to reach the point NC of 220kV Tay Ha Noi
substation.
Reconnected 220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri transmission line
44
From Pooctich to
ĐĐ
45
From ĐĐ to pylon
2 of 220kV Hoa
Binh – Viet Tri
line
45.0m
Line started from 220kV Hoa Binh substation to NC
pylon outside of the substation’s fence. The line at
NC has the steering angle of P = 210 02’23’’
235.3m
The line cuts through the texture road once, cuts
6kV line once, cuts fruit tree farm and goes up to the
acacia hill. The line at pylon 2 has the right steering
angle of P = 040 18’02’’
The section which 220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri line shares 4 circuits with 220kV Hoa Binh
– Tay Ha Noi tranmission line
From pylon 12
The line started from the complex-tree hill cuts
46 220kV Hoa Binh
603.4m
through the deep gulch near pylon 13 of 220kV Hoa
– Viet Tri
Binh – Viet Tri tranmission line (G9A) at which
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
38
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No
Sections
tranmission line 
G9A
Lengths
47
From G9A  G9B
138.8m
48
From G9B 
Pylon 15 of
220kV Hoa Binh
– Viet Tri
tranmission line.
297.1m
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Features
planted a 4-circuit pylon sharing with 220kV Hoa
Binh – Tay Ha Noi tranmission line. The line at
G9A has a right steering angle of P = 020 04’27’’
The line cuts through a deep gulch near pylon 14 of
220kV Hoa Binh – Viet Tri tranmission line (G9B)
at which planted a 4-circuit pylon sharing with
220kV Hoa Binh – Hoai Duc tranmission line. The
line at G9B has a left steering angle of T = 070 47’
52”
The line cuts through the gulch and goes up the
complex-tree hill and reaches pylon 15 of 220kV
Hoa Binh – Viet Tri tranmission line. At this point
the line returns the old line going to Viet Tri.
Table 1.4: Statistics of the tranmission line
No.
Statistic criteria
Figures
1
2
Number of Angle (G)
Number of crosses with other tranmission and
communication lines
Number of crosses with trenches and springs
Number of crosses with small roads
Number of crosses with national roads (National road No.
21)
Number of affected residential houses
41 angles
47 times
3
4
5
6
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
58 times
54 times
01 times
65 houses
39
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
b. Construction quantities
Table 1.5: Number of column needed to be assemplied
No
Column type
Unit
Quantity
1
Steel column D222-35A
Column
21
2
Steel column D222-35B
Column
12
3
Steel column D222-35C
Column
10
4
Steel column D222-38A
Column
3
5
Steel column D222-38B
Column
2
6
Steel column D222-38C
Column
3
7
Steel column 222-43A
Column
7
8
Steel column D222-43B
Column
2
9
Steel column D222-46A
Column
7
10
Steel column D222-46C
Column
1
11
Steel column D222-50B
Column
10
12
Steel anchor post N222-37A
Post
22
13
Steel anchor post N222-37B
Post
9
14
Steel anchor post N222-37C
Post
2
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Steel anchor post N222-47A
Steel anchor post N222-47B
Steel anchor post N222-47C
Steel anchor post N222-52A
Steel anchor post N222-62A
Steel anchor post N222-62C
Steel anchor post N242-52
Steel friction pile H222-37
Column V222-72
Total
Table 1.6: Number of foundations
Post
Post
Post
Post
Post
Post
Post
Pile
Column
5
3
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
129
No
Foundation type
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Foundation 4T 30-30 column 35A
Foundation 4T 30-30 Column 38A
Foundation 4T 30-32 Column 35B
Foundation 4T 30-32 Column 43A
Foundation 4T 30-32 Column 46A
Foundation 4T 30-34 Column 35C
Foundation 4T 30-34 Column 38C
Foundation 4T 30-34 Column 43B
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
needed to be constructed.
Excavated
Concrete
Number
Volume (m3)
Volume (m3)
21
226.12
1120.65
3
32.30
160.09
12
129.21
640.37
7
75.37
373.55
7
75.37
373.55
10
107.68
533.64
3
32.30
160.09
2
21.54
106.73
40
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Excavated
Volume (m3)
Foundation 4T 30-34 Column 46C
1
10.77
Foundation 4T 30-34 Column 50B
7
75.37
Foundation 4T 45-34 Column 50B
3
32.30
Foundation 4T 40-42 Anchor post 37A
22
236.89
Foundation 4T 40-42 Anchor post 47A
5
53.84
Foundation 4T 40-46 Anchor post 47B
3
32.30
Foundation 4T 40-46 Anchor post 52
2
21.54
Foundation 4T 40-46 Anchor post 62A
2
21.54
Foundation 4T 40-56 Anchor post 37B
9
96.91
Foundation 4T 40-58 Anchor post 37C
2
21.54
Foundation 4T 40-58 Anchor post 47C
1
10.77
Foundation 4T 40-58 Anchor post 62C
1
10.77
Foundation 4T 45-62 Anchor post H222-37
1
10.77
Buoyant Foundation MB5.7-12x12
2
21.54
Buoyant Foundation MB12.7-20x18
1
10.77
Buoyant Foundation MB8.2-20x20
1
10.77
Buoyant Foundation MB10-18x18
1
10.77
Total
129
1389.01
Table 1.7: Volumn of main construction
Foundation type
No
Construction work
Number
Concrete
Volume (m3)
53.36
373.55
160.09
1174.01
266.82
160.09
106.73
106.73
480.28
106.73
53.36
53.36
53.36
106.73
53.36
53.36
53.36
6883.99
Unit
Volumn
1
Foundation excavation
m3 of soil
58377.49
2
Foundation leveling
m3 of soil
56988.48
3
Steel pile processing
T
557.45
3
929.59
4
Concrete M100
m
5
Concrete M200
m3
5954.4
6
Foundation bolts
T
103.48
7
Grounding
T
13.63
8
Steel column
T
2381.59
9
Electric conductor ACSR 330/43
T
761.42
10
Electric conductor AACSR-380/50
T
19.7
11
Lightning resistant cable PHLOX 116
T
66.92
12
Optical fiber Cable OPGW 120
T
34.25
13
Conductor wire anchor chain
Chain
612
14
Conductor wire support chain
Chain
606
15
Lightning resistant cable anchor set
Set
220
16
Lightning resistant cable support set
Set
161
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
41
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
1.4.3.2 Secondary construction works
Temporary camps
In fact, the investor will require the construction unit to rent available local housing to ensure
the construction schedule, reduce unnecessary expenses, and comply with the environmental protection
requirements.
Warehouses:
The construction time is 12 months long, so to ensure the quality of the construction
materials used for construction, three main types of warehouses will be designed. The
warehouses are located in the construction management unit and then will be coordinated to each
specific construction site.
+ Tight Warehouse: Used to contain cement and other electricity materials. The
warehouse is made of thatch and bamboo surrounded with covers, the ground is leveled up to
avoid moisture; used during time of construction
+ Open warehouse: Used to contain formwork and reinforced steel which have been
processed and have minor repairs. The warehouse is made of bamboo and is sheltered but has no
walls.
+ Warehouse: Used to store steels, wires, porcelain materials. The warehouse is also used
to store, process formworks and repair and process reinforcement steel.
Warehouse area is calculated according to the standard TCXD 50/72 UBXDCB
Electricity and water supply for construction
The water source for construction mainly relies on rivers, streams and other water sources
of the people living along the line. For the area that is far from water source or the water is
contaminated, the water will be manually transported to each location column (the detailed
volume will be confirmed at the specific sites). Drinking water taken from the water sources of
local people will help reducing the impact on the environment.
Electricity supply for construction and other activities is from the diesel generator or
existing local electricity distribution grid.
Temporary construction road
The transportation of materials, equipment, construction materials to the foundation
location is primarily based on the existing roads and trails of local people. At the same time, it is
also necessary to simultaneously reinforce and construct temporary construction road.
Transporting
Long distance transport and transit by road and river to the materials yard;
Short distance transport by hand combined with enhanced vehicles, boats and barges. The
manual transport distance is at the average of 370m long.
Construction materials for the column and anchor post are transported by barges.
Some materials such as steel columns, wires of all types, insulation, fittings, etc. will be
transferred from the warehouse of the construction management unit to the construction site
(before manually transport to the specific sites). The materials from the warehouses of the
construction sites located along the proposed line will be transported to the assembly point by
trucks on the existing roads, mainly on the provincial highways with an average distance of 6 km.
For materials bought from the local such as cements, sands, stones, woods etc. depending
on the price specified in the construction announcement of each districts and provinces that the
transmission line runs through, the shipping fees to the construction sites might be charges
(89/BVGCP fees)
The method of transportation of construction materials and equipment from the temporary
construction sites, warehouses to the destined construction sites by local roads. The transportation
is conducted with allowed transportation volume and reasonable time in order to reduce the
impact on the people living nearby. In some cases that the internal road cannot be used, the
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
42
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
construction unit will construct temporary roads to transport and after then returning the area to
its original condition for the local.
Optic cable on the line
To support the information connection between the distributors 220kV Hoa Binh
substations 220kV and 220kV Tay Ha Noi substation, the solution is to use optical cables
combined with lightning resistant conductor (OPGW - Optical Ground Wire). Optical fibers are
used in single mode which satisfies all the standard requirements of ITU-T/G652.
All optic fiber cables must be perfectly smooth and meet the requirements for optical,
mechanical and other requirements concerning environmental protection.
Optical fibers are protected by a protective coating made of composite (CPC). The
coating consists of 02 layers of protection which protect against ultraviolet rays, and each of
these layers has different elasticity index. The inner layer is usually softer than the outer layer.
This structure helps protect optical fibers from vibration and attenuator at the inflection point
Information system
Provide optical cable information on the 220kV line, ensuring compliance with the
telecommunications information construction.
Clearance and resettlement
 The line corridor
Referring to Article 4 of Decree 106/2005/NĐ-CP and the design, the corridor for safe
protection of the 220kV electricity transmission lines has a width of 22m (The length from the
center of the line to each side is 11m). The total area of the safety corridor along the lines:
50,667m x 22m = 1,114,938m2.
 Lands, crops, trees
The land used for the construction of the transmission line includes two types:
Land area taken to build the columns.
The area affected under the provisions of the safety corridors of high-voltage lines.
The area affected in the average corridor is 167,595m2.
Land area taken permanently for the construction of foundation, column: 22,873.1 m2
Land area taken for the plantation of columns which are located in the mentioned affected
area.
 Houses
The houses which lie in the corridor will be treated in accordance with Decree
81/2009/ND-CP dated 12/10/2009 on the amending and supplementing of a number of articles in
Decree No.106/2005/ND-CP dated 17/08/2005 issued by the Government on detailed regulations
and guidelines for implementation of some articles of the Electricity Law on the safety protection
of high-voltage grids.
According to the survey report, the number of houses in the line corridor is 65 houses,
which has the main structure as follows: tiled roof or metal sheet roof, paneled wall or built wall,
tile and panel floor.
Allow the existence of houses and buildings which satisfies the following conditions:
The roofs and walls are made of non-combustible materials;
The metallic structure of the houses, building has been grounded in comply with the
requirements for technical grounding;
Do not obstruct the access for testing, maintaining, and replacing parts of the high-voltage
grids;
The vertical distance from any part of the house and the nearest electrical wires when the
wire is in the maximum loosing state for 220kV level is no less than 6m.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
43
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
The electric field intensity is less than or equal to 5kV/m at any point outside the houses
which is 1m above the ground and less than or equal to 1 kV/m at any point inside the houses
which are 1m above the ground.
Houses and buildings which lie in the line corridor but do not meet the aforementioned
requirements will be required to be relocated. The relocation will be compensated in accordance
to the law.
1.4.4 . Description of the construction methods of the works of the project
1.4.4.1 . Key Technology Solutions
a. Selection of voltage, circuit number
Pursuant to Decision No. 1208/QD-TTg dated 21/7/2011 of the Prime Minister on the
approval of the development plan of Vietnam Electricity in the period 2011-2020 with a
perspective to 2030 and Decision No.4351/QD - BCT dated 29/08/2011 of the Ministry of
Industry and Trade on the approval of the Hanoi power development Plan 2011-2015 with a
perspective to 2020. The voltage level of this construction is 220 kV level. To help reduce the
load of the existing 220kV line which was overloaded from Hoa Binh to Ha Dong, Xuan Mai and
Chem as well as to ensure the supply of power in a safe and reliable manner for Hanoi, the
220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line is the double-circuit line which supplies
electricity for the Tay Hanoi station by 2-circuit line.
b. Selection of electrical conductors
The wire used for Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line is the 2 phase distribution
steel-core aluminum wire x ACSR 330/43. The mechanical parameters of conductor ACSR
330/43 are given in Table 1.9
Table 1.8: The technical features of the conductor ACSR 330/43
No
Features
Unit
Value
1
Total cross section
-Cross section of aluminum part
- Cross section of steel part
mm2
375.1
332
43.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Outer diameter
Volume
Elastricity module
Thermal expansion coefficient
Resistance of the wire at 20oC
Allowable tensile stress
Volume of grease
Wire length
25.2
1255
7870
19.8
0.0869
/km
2
daN/mm
27.66
kg/km
57
m
> 2000
Source: Project notes
The electric conductors is calculated according to allowable stress methods. Allowable
stress in conductor at the critical regime is always taken at less than 45% of the tensile stress.
Allowable stress in the average temperature regime is taken at 25 % the tensile stresses in
accordance with current norms as follows :
- Lowest temperature mode
: 1 = 11.1daN/mm2;
- Largest external load mode ( Qmax )
: b = 11.1daN/mm2;
- - Average annual temperature mode
: tb = 6.9 daN/mm2.
c. Selection of lightning resistant cables:
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
mm
kg/km
daN/mm2
10-6/oC
44
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
The 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi uses 2 types of lightning resistant cables: 1 normal
cable, 1 cable with optical fiber OPGW core to combine and serve the communications of
information.
The lightning resistant cable the the cable incorporated with optical fiber are selected on
the basis of ensuring mechanical strength and thermal stability while ensuring there is an 1-phase
short circuit.
To ensure economics and techniques in selecting the section of the lightning resistant
cable, the project uses lightning resistant cable (two 116 Phlox wires, one OPGW 120 wire) for
the first 03km section of Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant and lightning resistant cable (one 116
Phlox wire and one OPGW 120 wire) for the remaining sections.
1.4.5. Construction methods
a. Methods of structural columns
The 220kV Hoa Binh – West Hanoi transmission line uses diagram of 2 circuited and 4
circuited columns; with 2 pyramid-shaped lightning resistant cables made of steel and assembled
with bolts. This is the type of steel column that is shaped in height and size. The diagrams of
columns are tested in the insulation gap in different working modes of the line:
- Ensure the phased distance between pylons following lines’ voltages, sagging wires and
length of insulation strings.
- Ensure the distance between the insulators on poles carrying power and grounding part in all
working modes.
- Ensure the distance between the circuits under different voltage levels.
- Ensure safe conditions for maintaining people to climb up the pylons under voltage.
- Ensure that lightning protection angles for all the insulating wires smaller than the
regulations.
- Ensure the safety corridor of small lines, and used land area for poles’ foundation is small.
* The procedure of building pylons
Steel pylons are transported into position and are mounted by using cranes combining
with hand-assembling. For locations with convenient space construction crane can be used; while
chained pulley will be used in complex and narrow terrain.
Before setting pylons, the following items need to be inspected:
Consider checking foundation, measuring the size and position of the foundation bolts at
the feet of the pylons for deviations from original designs; checking threads of the bolts,
and if the bolts are easily screwed in and out.
Review quality control in column assembly, welding quality and the level the bolts are
tightened; make sure to break the bolts’ threads to prevent unmounts, ... straighten the
pylons if bended.
The technical options used in building pylons concern the bearing capacity of the pylons; and
the structural details of construction, according to the construction force, to ensure safety during
construction, and to make sure the pylons are not damaged or deformed.
The pylons set on concrete foundations are fixed firmly with bolts on pylons’ feet, nuts and bolts
are properly tightened, and the threads are destroyed to prevent unmounts.
During the construction procedure, the following requirements need to be ensured:
The bolts are tightened and tested with forced wrench according to regulations.
The bolts on feet section of the pylons are dead-threaded to prevent theft
When the installations are completed, inspecting horizontal and vertical tilt as prescribed.
b. Method of foundation structure:
Based on the geological conditions of the project’s area, select the primarily based
foundation solutions; including a number of locations where the foundations’ neck needs to be
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
45
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
heightened, to ensure the avoidance of basement flooding at the feet of the pylons; and use stone
revetment to protect the pylons’ feet.
* The protective solution for pylons’ foundation
For some positions which are located on steep slopes,  0.00 core is taken from the
average elevation of the natural ground and the two lower foundation positions. Additionally,
protecting the riprap embankment foundation on low topography, and drainage ditches built on
the high terrain to manage flow direction of the water away from the foundation area.
Positions which are located in wetlands are treated by enhancing cylindrical foundation,
as well as adding stone revetment embankment around pylons’ feet.
* Foundation works:
- Excavation by hand;
- Molds, shuttering, reinforcement phases are produced in factory, assembled at the scene;
- Steel and reinforced concrete work at site;
- Concrete is mixed on-site and in-situ machine.
Earthworks and embankment comply with current regulations. The open slopes depend on level
of the ground and the depth of the foundation, as construction cost estimates for the construction and
installation of specialized power transmission lines under Decision No.6061/QD-BCT dated 14/11/2008
by Ministry of Industry and Trade.
c. Concrete work
Comply with construction norms and ISO - acceptance 4453-95.
After checking the preparation of aggregation : cement, water, sand, rocks, mixing area,
construction equipment, measuring instruments and rain-proof vehicles ... Finally, testing
techniques such as formwork , gabari , foundation bolts , horizontal and vertical dimensions ,
elevation ... if it shall be deemed as sufficient, concrete works can be rolled out. Concrete is
mixed by hand, dampened by machine.
All concrete structures are stationed concrete, therefore full compliance processes and
norms about stationed concrete making should be followed.
Concrete mixtures are calculated and tested according to ISO 4453-1995 standards.
The number of samples used to determine the compressive strength of concrete will
follow the standard of heavy - compressive strength test method ISO 3118-1993.
Notes in concrete construction:
- Follow proper maintenance procedures of ISO norms for concrete works.
- Mixing and maintenance water should be able to be used for eating and drinking.
- Each structural concrete will be taken as test sample.
The processing of reinforcing core steel, gabarit foundation and all kinds of foundation
phases will be conducted in workshops on the field by welding, bending and cutting machines...
pouring, dampening, maintaining will be done by hand at working position.
d . Installation of equipments
Before conducting the installation, equipments and accessories need to be carefully
checked in: quantity, type, size, quality of storage, transportation, as well as technical
specifications. In the process of checking if there are problems, report immediately to Owner
(Committee A) and unit design for consulting settlement. All components, transportation
equipments to the field need to be stored in dry condition, and ensure interlevation.
Assembly by motors combined with hand crafts. Installation should follow the design,
and should ensure the safety of people and equipments.
e . The installation of ceramic tiles and accessories:
Insulator chains are mounted manually on air. Preparation of construction equipments
such as pulleys, winches, cables.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
46
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Ceramics and accessories are thoroughly cleaned prior to installation. Construction unit
test the accessories to check if ceramics are broken or cracked; also check the latch before
pulling up bi installation.
f . Fitting insulation string , strung scattered
Insulator chains are mounted manually on air. The works to get deflection and cable
tension spread in each anchor space are carried out by hand combined with motorized methods on
allowed areas. In complex terrains, line stretching is conducted manually. The cross- sections
over the highways, inter-village roads, inter-district, electric power lines, communication lines
and segments crossing the river will be mentioned and location-specifically planned in the design
and construction process; push through design and inform the relevant authorities in time, so that
the construction process is not interrupted.
For cross- sections with roads, power lines, communication, housing; firmly scaffolding
to assist the line in the process of pulling wire rope. When stretching the line, make sure guyed
pylons’ deflection reached does not alter the shape of the pylons. Also it is needed to
symmetrically stretch the cords of each phase before proceed to the next phase.
For pulling and stretching the lines across the river intervals , in the course of construction
and stringing cords, unit of construction should pay utmost attention to ensure the
implementation of pulling and stretching the cords, in accordance with procedures and rules, to
ensure absolute safety for people and passing vehicles. Additionally, the construction company
should contact the unit manager of the facility to conduct a monitoring plan or plan provisionally
for cases of accidents happen. Unit of construction should plan construction methods of stringing
across the river and should obtain the acceptance and close observation of construction observers
when carrying out this process of pulling and stretching the lines. The river crossing stage while
performing zipper should be conducted in the dry season. To pull the wire across the river, it is
needed to contact the unit manager to unify construction methods, measures realm , construction
progress and inform widely to all vessels prior to deployment. Allocate sufficient manpower and
construction equipment to free traffic the most quickly. Construction units will coordinate with
functional agencies in waterway and road management to implement the alerting process.
g . Solutions for large span
The 220kV line Hoa Binh - Hanoi West traverses the capital and Ky Son district of Hoa
Binh . The Da River is the boundary between the city and Ky Son district of Hoa Binh. Thus, the
220kV lines - West Hanoi will pass the Da River. The plan for the river crossing sections were
studied and selected from Mong Yen commune, Hoa Binh city and Ky Son town.
g.1 . The main technological solutions:
* Choose the conductors and the height of pylons
The plans were selected for the comparison include:
Option 1: aluminum wire steel core ACSR 330/43;
Option 2: aluminum alloy steel core wire AACSR 380/50.
Lightning resistant cables used in span are of wires PHLOX 116 and OPGW - 12. Project
selected aluminum alloy conductor steel core AACRS-280/50 for the span crossing the Da river.
* Insulation and accessories :
Insulation for the spans uses glass or ceramic insulators. The number of insulators in a chain care
calculated by the length of the wire, which is calculated as 20mm/kV. The height of the pylons is
72m, which will be increased with 2 insulators per chain.
* The safeguards
Anti- vibration: put anti-vibration weights on conducting wires and lightning rods in the
first two pylons. In large span , put two weights for stabilization.
Lightning Protection and Grounding: The spans are equipped with 2 lightning rods placed
in no more than 20-degree angle to protect against direct lightning strikes on the line. Lightning
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
47
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
rods are connected directly to the grounding system of the pylon. Earthing system will be
strengthened to ensure the grounding resistance is 2 times less than the normal requirements.
Warning signals on waterways: River Road are signaled according to current industry
standards of the Ministry of Transport.
g.2 . The main building solutions
The excessiveand braking pylons used for crossing span on the river, will use pyramidshaped pylons, galvanized zinc coated steel, and assembled with electrically welded bolts; the
entire pylon is hot zinc coated. Particularly, for large span, many kinds of high strength steel will
be increasingly used. For instance, type SS55 ( or equivalent) which have stability of
4000daN/cm2 to stress relief the pylons, and to save weight and to make it convenient in
processing and manufacturing , subsequent erection.
Based on these parameters on geological conditions, hydrology and location of works
presented above, for large spans that requires great strength to ensure the safety of solution
options for broading pylons’ foundation in large spans, such as: H222 and V222 - 72 - 37
(position 26, 27) and simultaneously heighten the foundation’s cylinders and stone embankment
of the pylons’ foundation. Position 25 of H222 - 37 pylon is placed on top of the hill to choose
based foundation solutions. Foundation is casted by concrete marked B15, B7.5 concrete
foundation primer , reinforcing group AI, AIII.
1.4.6. Demands for raw materials
Supply of materials and equipment for line includes 2 kinds, inside and outside the country as
follows:
- Sands, stones, etc. : are taken from local sources and dealers
 Cements: are taken from local dealers
 Foundation reinforcement, earthing: bought from local dealers, self-produced in the
workshop.
 Steel column, foundation bolts: are taken from Committee A’s warehouse or local handcraft workshops.
 Wire, porcelain, accessories: Imported material, are taken from Committee A’s
warehouse.
Table 1.9: Supplies of materials and equipment
Volume(by
No.
Name
Source
Receiver Transportation
Notes
ton)
Types reinforced
10.416
Domestic
1
Local
Field
Trucks
steel foundation
(f≤ 10 tons) Production
Domestic
2 Galvanized steel
Hanoi
129.562
Production
Electrical
3 conductors,
Hanoi
56,76
Imported
lightning rods
Insulator chains,
5 accessories of all
Hanoi
12,72
kinds
Domestic
6 PC 40 Cement
Local
Field
Trucks
Production
Local
7 Golden sand
Local
Field
Trucks
materials
8
Stones
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
-
-
-
-
48
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Source: Project Notes
1.4.7. Machinery and equipment for the project
To carry out the work on the field, force of vehicles and machines plays a very important
role. The machinery for construction services includes new and old machines but machines are
accredited following technical standards.
Expected volume vehicles, machinery, construction equipment as follows:
Table 1.10: Summarized table of major vehicles and equipment
No.
Name of construction vehicles
Unit
Quantity
Status
1
Steel core transporter
Unit
2
70 – 100%
2
Transport cars/trucks
2
70 – 100%
3
Ben trucks
3
70 – 100%
4
Fuel and Water tanked tucks
1
80 – 100%
5
Cranes
2
70 – 100%
6
Worker buses
2
70 – 100%
7
Cars
Unit
1
80 – 100%
8
Ambulance
1
70 – 100%
9
Crawler tractors
3
70 – 100%
10 Bulldozers
3
70 – 100%
11 Concrete mixers
6
100%
12 Vibrators
8
100%
13 Broad dampers
4
100%
14 Electric welders
3
100%
15 Steel bending and cutting machines
Unit
2
100%
16 Welding transformers
3
100%
17 Diesel generators
3
100%
18 Water pumps
Unit
6
100%
19 Hydraulic Pressers
4
100%
20 Telephones
4
100%
21 Rollers
3
70 – 100%
22 Excavators, diggers
3
70 – 100%
67
Total
Source: Project Notes
Vehicles, machinery and construction equipment in the table can be replaced by vehicles, and
other machinery with equivalent technical features.
1.4.8. Organization of the project
- Project Management method is carried out through the attached project management. The
agencies involved in the project as follows:
- Investors Corporation National Power Transmission (NPT);
- Project Management: Project Management Unit of the Northern Power NPT directly on
behalf of the project manager;
- Construction: Follow Investment Management Chartered existing building;
- Receiving Operation Management: Power Transmission Corporation 1.
1.4.8.1. Process management and operation of electricity transmission systems
1. Power Transmission Corporation 1 is responsible for the operation of the electricity
transmission system safety, and economic efficiency.
2. Power Transmission Corporation 1 is responsible for operational planning transmission
system for years, months, weeks and days to the operation modes and hours to include:
Plan and coordinate maintenance and repair of electrical equipment, electrical grid;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
49
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Security Assessment system includes electrical load forecasting, planning fuel supply
from thermal power plants, hydrological forecasts from the hydroelectric plant,
calculate the reserve power systems, plans to raise the source, mobilize and support
services sack loads to ensure the power system security;
Notify slowdown security system.
3. Power Transmission Corporation 1 planning, command mode operation and dispatching
electricity to power plant operators and power grid managers within.
4. During operation of the power system, Power Transmission Corporation 1 will adhere
to the following guidelines to maintain the safety and reliability of the electrical system:
a) In operating warning mode, Power Transmission Corporation 1 will be announced on the
official Web site of the electricity market status and warning information needs of this
operation mode, while providing measures necessary to bring the system back to normal
operating mode;
b) In emergency operation mode, Power Transmission Corporation 1 will conduct the
necessary measures to bring the power system back to normal operating mode the earliest;
c) The load layoffs and cut off the electricity can be conducted only when there is a threat to
human life and safety equipment, as more incidents occur simultaneously, while electrical
transmission system operation operating in emergency mode or when extreme risk of
declining electricity security of supply;
d) The system automatically loads must be dismissed layout, installation to ensure proper
electrical system does not disintegrate when the incident occurred;
e) Develop methods to separate system into parts or to create loops when the incident spread
can still balance the capacity of each region to maintain separate operating a power
system components and prevent widespread incidents in the electrical system. In this case,
the grid area have tried to conduct a quick recovery and safe;
f) Calculate and ensure sufficient capacity for black boot to recovery after system crash
disintegration.
1.4.8.2. Process maintenance and repair of power transmission systems
1. Power Transmission Corporation 1 is responsible for scheduling maintenance of electric
transmission system includes a maintenance plan to fix the transmission grid and power sources
connected to the transmission grid in service planning operate the transmission system in
accordance with regulations.
2. Plan maintenance and repair electrical transmission system was established on the basis
of operating schedules and registration maintenance plan to fix the grid must be calculated for the
entire balance of the national power system according to the following principles:
a) Ensure safe operation , stable , reliable and economic system;
b) The balance of power source and the load and have enough reserve capacity , energy and
ancillary services necessary for the operation mode of the national electricity system.
3. Power Transmission Corporation 1 planned maintenance and repair electrical
transmission system and guidelines for power transmission unit.
4. Power Transmission Corporation 1 will evaluate the impact of planned maintenance and
repair electrical grid
5. Planning grid maintenance and repair include:
c) Schedule maintenance and repair of twelve (12) months;
a) Maintenance repair the month, week or day;
b) Planned maintenance and repair electric grid in two (02) years subsequent to assess the
medium-term security systems.
6. Maintenance repairs twelve (12) months following must be established separately from
maintenance and repair history month, week, day and must be notified to the relevant units of the
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
50
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
operating modes month, week, day. Plan maintenance and repair two (02) years following the
orientation plan for assessing the medium-term security systems.
7. Time schedule maintenance and repair works must comply with regulations on the time
mode of operation.
8. Maintenance repair include the following:
d) Name of equipment maintenance and repair needs;
e) Requirements and content maintenance and repair;
f) Estimated time of start and completion of maintenance and repair work;
g) other related equipment;
9. Vietnam Electricity Group is responsible for the formulation of planning grid
maintenance and repair works Electricity Regulatory Bureau issued.
1.4.9. Implementation progress and human
As stated above, the project is expected to 220kV Hoa Binh - Hanoi West construction within 12
months , with a total length of 50.6 km including 129 positions piles , need 10-15 work unit construction
company specialized in construction line are organized into 10-15 independent roadworks.
Organization of the project : The investor responsible for the procurement organization works.
Construction and installation forces including 10-15 teams specialized construction lines (each
team constructed a stage, each team averages about 21-27 people)
The staff of 01 professional construction teams line includes:
- Direct production: 15 - 20 people
- Indirect manufacturing: 5 people
- Steering committee on the field: 1-2
Construction progress of each item are shown in Table 1.12 as follows:
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
51
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Table 1.11: Construction progress of each item are shown in the following table
No.
Content of works
1.
Preparation work
1.1
Compensation work
Clearing the line corridor
(ha)
1.2
2
VOLUME
2nd month
4th month
6th month
9th month
Overall
Foundation work
2.1
Leveling foundation (m3)
2.2
Excavating pit (m3)
2.3
Leveling excavating pit (m3)
3
Concrete foundation work
3.1
Reinforcing steel (ton)
3.2
Overall
5
Concreting work (m3)
Assembling and building
pylons
Stretching and wiring work
6
Completion work
Overall
7
Deployment and handover
Overall
4
CONSTRUCTION TIME
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY (IE)
Overall
52
10th month
12th month
1.4.10. Total investment
Total investment: 526 746 443 000 VND
Table 1.12: Total investment
No.
Sections cost
Label
Construction costs
1
GXL
Equipment Costs
2
GTB
Land acquisition costs
3
GGPMB
The cost of project management
4
GQLDA
The cost of construction investment
5
GTV
consultancy
Other expenses
6
GK
7
Provisional expense
Total
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
GDP
Amount
351.772.961.000
163.942.000
17.434.521.000
5.051.122.000
17.218.997.000
42.507.583.000
92.597.767.000
526.746.443.000
Source: Project Notes
53
CHAPTER 2: THE NATURAL, ENVIRONMENTAL
AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITION
2.1. THE NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION
2.1.1. Geography and geology conditions
2.1.1.1. Geographical conditions:
The project 220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi tranmission line passes through Hoa Binh and
Hanoi city and is affected by the natural conditions of northern Vietnam. The terrain of the
project is mostly mountainous and delta area with the typically tropical climate with four distinct
seasons (spring, summer, autumn and winter).
Table 2.1: The natural and environmental condition
Hanoi
Hoa Binh province
Geographical location: In
Geographical location: In the Hoa Binh area, the
the Hanoi area, the project line project line runs through Tan Thinh Ward, Tan Hoa, Huu
passes through Dong Yen Nghi Ward, Mong Yen - Hoa Binh commune, Hoa Son
Commune and Dong Doi Huu commune, Lam Son commune, Luong Son town - Luong Son
Quang - Quoc Oai district.
district, Dan Hoa commune, Dan Ha commune, Mong Hoa
commune, Ky Son town - Ky Son district.
Climate: The project runs on the total distance of 50.6 km which, however, lies entirely in
the northern region of Vietnam with the characteristics of a tropical climate with hot and rainy
summers, cold winters with little rain. Located in the tropical area, the area receives high amount
of solar radiation and high temperatures.
Terrain: In the area of
Terrain: In Hoa Binh provincial areas, the project
Hanoi, the project mainly passes mostly goes through hilly and mountainous terrain, which is
through plain terrain (mainly dissected complexly, has high steep slopes with the tendency
cultivated rice field)
of northwest - southeast and has only a few plain terrains.
Rivers: In the area of Hanoi
city, the project cuts Con river and
fishing pond at G37 - G38 in the
sections, cuts through the trench
once at the section G36 - G37,
cuts through the canals system on
the field of Can Huu commune at
section G38 - G39, cuts through
the fishing pond system at the
section G39 - G40, and cuts
through high trench at the section
G40 NC.
Rivers : In the Hoa Binh province area, the project cuts
Da river once at the section G13 - G14, with a length of about
1.4 km, G13 starts from the hill in the Yen Mong commune
and reaches G14 on the field of Ky Son hamlet, cuts through
some small streams at the section G5 - G6 (cut Dung spring
at the area of Huu Nghi ward), at section G8 - G9 (cuts small
streams in the area of Tan Hoa ward), at section G12 - G13
(cuts through Thia stream of Mong Yen province), at section
G13 - G14 (cuts through the water canals of Dan Ha
commune ) .
In addition, the project also cuts through a freshwater
lake at the section G15-G16, crossing ponds and lakes 5
times at the section G30-G31, deeply cuts through 1-crop
fishing pond and rice field, crosses through ponds twice.
2.1.1.2. Terrain condition
220kV Hoa Binh – Tay Ha Noi transmission line has the total length of 50.6 km including
41 angular positions (G). The starting point is the distribution field of 220kV Hoa Binh
Hydropower Plant (in Hoa Binh province) and the endpoint is the 220kV Tay Ha Noi substation
(in Quoc Oai - Ha Noi). Among them:
- The area of Hoa Binh province: 39.8 km long, including 36G, cuts through the territory
of Hoa Binh City, Ky Son district, Luong Son district;
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
54
- The area of Hanoi: 10.8 km long, including 5G cutting through Quoc Oai district.
Table 2.2: Characteristics of topography, local geology project going through.
Hòa Bình
Hà Nội
Number
From the beginning to about G36, total length From G36 to endpoint, total length
of G and
of 39.8 km.
of 10.8 km
length
- Starting from the distribution field of 220kV
From G36 the line runs on the
Hoa Binh Hydropower Plant (Hoa Binh the territory of Quoc Oai district,
province), goes through the downstream of crosses Dong Yen, Can Huu,
Da River. Through the territory of Hoa Binh, Thach
Han,
Dong
Quang
a length of about 10.0 km. The section communes. The terrain of the line
crossing through Da river (G13 - G14) to Ky is mostly plain field for rice and
Son district has the length of about 13.4 km; crops plantation, combined with
Terrain
Luong Son district approximately 16.4 km in few low hills.
length;
- The terrain is mostly low hill and mountain
terrain, in the type of weathered terrain
combined with erosion corrosion. Botanical
fields are mostly forested hills, rice field
valleys;
- Geology placed on the foundation of the - The geology of the construction
original soil slopes weathered remnants from located on the original weathered
the rock formations including formations soil erosion, corrosion buildup and
intrusion, eruption (Paleozoic, Mezozoi - accumulation of river marine
PZ3, MZ1), terrigenous sediments (Triassic: Quaternary age (edQ4; alQ4);
Geology
T2-3);
- Evaluate the general level of
- Overall assessment level: Terrain terrain: Level 4: 8.0 km; Level 3:
topography grade 4: 27.0 km; terrain level 5: 2.81 km;
12.8 km;
- Level rocky soil level 3.
- Level rocky soil level 3-4.
Source: Project notes.
2.1.1.3. Geological condition
Pursuant to the document concerning the survey results, the geological background for
construction from the top to the ground includes the following categories.
1.
Cover ground (1):
Distributed fairly evenly over the surface terrain. The composition is clay in the shade of
yellow, yellow -brown, the condition of soil is soft foam on the hills, and elastic in the rice
valleys mixed with tree roots and organic remnants. Layer thickness of 0.2-0.4 m. This is the
solid layer which will be peeled away pit.
2.
Clay layer (1a): Original Quaternary sediments - alQ4.
Very limited distribution area (the end of the line). Composition contains yellow, yellow –
gray clay in from soft to hard plastic. Average thickness of 1.0-1.5 m.
3.
Clay layer (2a): Original buildup weathered worn - AQ4.
The area is mainly distributed in section G36, Da river crossing section. The composition
of clay is in the shade of yellow, red yellow, variegated color, from hard plastic to soft plastic.
Average thickness of 1.5 m.
4.
Clay layer (2b): Original weathered worn - aQ4.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
55
The area is mainly distributed in the section G36-DC, Da river crossing section, usually under
2a layer. The composition of clay is in the shade of yellow, red yellow, variegated color, from
hard plastic to mixed fine laterite. Average thickness is not decided.
5.
Clay layer (3a): Original weathered basalt, limestone – edQ4.
The distribution is mainly on the surface terrain of the line. The composition of clay is in
the shade of yellow, variegated red yellow, and around 5 % mixture. The status is semi-hard to
hard plastic. Thickness varies from 1.5 to 5.0 m.
6.
Fine particle clay layer (3b): Tropical weathered basalt intense - adQ4...
Mainly lies beneath 3a layer, with some places revealed on the surface of the terrain:
poocfirit basalt is intensely weathered in the shape of coccolith, in the state ò semi-hard clay,
tightly structured. Thickness is not decided.
7.
Fine particle clay layer (3c): Intensely weathered zone of limestone –edQ4.
Mainly lies beneath 3a, some places revealed beneath the surface: basalt, limestone,
weathered intense beam shape, lumps and clay products semisolid state, tightly structured.
Thickness is not decided. The basic physical and mechanical conditions of the class are as
follows:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
56
Table 2.3: Main criteria of soil layers
Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay layer mixed
layer layer layer layer layer
with particles
(1a)
(2a) (2b)
(3a) (3b)
(3c)
Criteria
Unit
Natural
humidity
Natural density
Dry density
Density
Plasticity Index
Consistency
Porosity
Porosity ratio
Compression
ratio subsidence
W
33.9
33.5
31.8
29.5
23.1
21.0
%
W
k

Ip
B
n

1.87
1.39
2.71
16.3
0.54
49.0
0.98
1.80
1.48
2.72
20.6
0.32
51.0
1.07
1.82
1.38
2.72
20.4
0.23
50.0
0.95
1.82
1.41
2.73
19.5
0.16
48.5
0.90
1.92
1.56
2.73
11.6
0.19
42.8
0.75
1.90
1.57
2.74
13.4
0.17
42.8
0.75
g/cm3
g/cm3
g/cm3
%
a
0.048 0.041 0.028 0.027 0.041
0.030
cm2/daN
Cohesive force
C
0.24
0.30
0.32
0.38
0.35
0.30
Friction angle
Strength
(m=b=h=1)
Deformation
module
(m=b=h=1)

14.0
16.0
18.0
20
22
20
R0
1.30
1.80
1.95
2.20
2.40
2.30
E0
74
83
94
115
140
125
%
daN/
cm2
Degree
daN/
cm2
daN/
cm2
Source: project notes.
8.
Layer (4+ 4a): The original rock formations.
Poocfirit basalt, gray limestone, gray, weathered fractured rock hard, hard state average.
Some of the weathered parts have lumps and chips, tightly structured.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
57
2.1.1.4. Geological conditions around beyond the Da River
The section crossing Da River is one of the specially designed locations, so the investor
has carried out geological surveys in the anchor column 2, from which 05 soil layers from top to
bottom as follows:
+ Cover layer: 0.3 to 2.3m thickness of soil which is soft and has the grass roots and
organic remnants will be stripped away during the construction.
+ Clay layer (2a): Original weathered worn accumulation table - AQ4.
+ Clay layer (2b): Original weathered worn accumulation table - AQ4.
+ Clay layer (3a): Original weathered basalt, limestone - edQ4.
+ Layered clay mixed with particles (3b): For intense weathered of basalt - edQ4.
Da River is expected to span approximately 820m. Survey results of anchor column 2, shows as
follows:
Table 2.4: Soil physical and mechanical anchor columns in the section crossing the Black River
Clay layer
Clay
Clay layer
Clay
Criteria
mixed with
Unit
layer (2a)
(2b)
layer (3a)
particles (3b)
Natural humidity
W
33.5
31.8
29.5
23.1
%
Natural density
1.80
1.82
1.82
1.92
g/cm3
W
Dry density
k
1.48
1.38
1.41
1.56
g/cm3
Density

2.72
2.72
2.73
2.73
g/cm3
Plasticity Index
Ip
20.6
20.4
19.5
11.6
%
Consistency
B
0.32
0.23
0.16
0.19
Porosity
n
51.0
50.0
48.5
42.8
Porosity ratio

1.07
0.95
0.90
0.75
Compression ratio
subsidence
a
0.041
0.028
0.027
0.030
cm2/daN
Cohensive force
C
0.30
0.32
0.38
0.35
daN/ cm2
Friction angle

16.0
18
20
22
Degree
Strength (m=b=h=1)
R0
1.80
1.95
2.20
2.40
daN/ cm2
Deformation module
(m=b=h=1)
E0
83
94
115
140
daN/ cm2
%
Source: Project notes.
2.1.2. Meteorological Conditions
2.1.2.1. The air temperature
Temperature: In the project area, from May to October, hot and humid climate, the
average temperature was 27.7°C. From November to April the following year, the cold climate
with an average temperature of 19.9°C. Absolute highest temperature measured at the
meteorological station in Ha Dong is 40oC, appeared on 5/VII/2010. Absolute lowest
temperature measured was 5.9°C during the day 26/I/2005. The value of average temperature
from 2002 to 2011 is shown in the following table:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
58
Table 2.5: Average temperature of January in the year.
Year
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
(oC)
Aver
age
29.
26.
20.
27.8
24.6
18.7
23.9
2
7
7
21. 25.
29.
26.
22.
2003 16.5 20.7
28.2 29.7
28.3
25.4
17.4
24.4
6
6
4
8
8
20. 23.
28.
27.
22.
2004 16.7 17.5
25.6 28.7
28.3
24.5
18.0
23.4
2
5
6
1
1
18. 23.
28.
27.
21.
2005 15.7 17.5
28.1 29.3
27.9
25.3
16.7
23.4
8
4
8
5
9
19. 24.
29.
27.
23.
2006 17.7 18.1
26.3 29.3
27.2
26.3
17.3
23.9
9
6
1
1
7
20. 22.
29.
26.
20.
2007 16.7 21.4
26.2 29.3
28.4
24.9
19.9
23.8
8
7
5
4
3
20. 24.
28.
27.
21.
2008 14.8 13.5
26.7 27.9
28.4
25.8
17.7
23.1
9
2
7
4
0
20. 24.
29.
28.
21.
2009 15.4 22.0
26.4 29.6
29.2
25.9
19.5
24.3
6
1
1
3
2
21. 23.
30.
28.
21.
2010 17.8 20.5
28.2 30.3
27.9
25.1
19.1
24.5
6
2
0
2
5
17. 23.
29.
27.
23.
2011 12.7 17.6
26.6 29.0
28.6
24.3
17.0
23.0
1
4
5
3
4
Avera
20. 24.
29.
27.
21.
16.1 18.8
26.9 29.2
28.2
25.2
18.1
23.8
ge
4
0
2
3
9
Source: Ha Dong Station - Hydro meteorological Data Center - National Center for
Hydrometeorology, 2012.
2.1.2.2. Air humidity
The average humidity of the project area from 2002 to 2011 is 84%. The value of the
monthly average humidity and moisture average from 2002 to 2011 are shown in the following
table:
2002
17.1
19.2
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
22
25
26.9
29.1
59
Table 2.6: Average annual humidity.
(%)
Year
I
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Avr
83
84
83
84
79
76
83
77
84
73
81
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Avr
88
86
88
88
86
84
88
87
85
85
87
86
87
83
87
87
81
85
90
90
80
78
77
84
87
85
90
89
82
85
889
88
79
81
79
85
88
86
89
87
83
85
90
88
83
85
76
85
89
87
86
85
83
85
91
81
84
82
81
85
87
92
85
84
83
84
88
87
85
75
83
84
76
85
88
84
87
84
87
87
85
80
78
82
88
86
86
86
80
84
84
83
82
71
78
82
83
80
86
84
78
79
86
83
75
75
80
81
85
82
84
81
84
80
83
83
82
81
72
81
86
85
87
86
83
84
88
86
82
79
79
84
Source: Ha Dong Station - Hydro meteorological Data Center - National Center for
Hydrometeorology, 2012.
2.1.2.3. Radiation
Total sunshine hours measured average in 10 years (2002-2011) 1325.9 hours/year. Power
mode is closely related to the regime of radiation and cloud status. From January to April XII
overcast cloudy sky with the sun shining so at least a year, only 63.6 hours/month. In February,
the V, it should warm sunshine hours increased to 144 hours/month...
Total sunshine hours of the month and year are shown in Table 2.5 as follow:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
60
Table 2.7: Total sunshine hours of the month and year.
(Hour)
Year
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Avr
2002 77.7 72.6 31.3 111.0 128.6 124.9 101.9 152.3 144.6 140.0 100.1 60.6 1215.6
2003 109.3 93.1 73.5 101.8 166.1 153.5 226.6 119.2 145.9 148.7 132.6 99.2 1569.5
2004 24.5 60.9 45.2 67.6 127.0 165.3 110.9 165.4 133.9 120.6 128.7 152.0 1313.0
2005 30.0 19.3 34.1 74.8 184.7 122.8 202 130.6 163.7 113.5 127.6 67.6 1270.7
2006 68.0 35.9 26.4 104.6 164.4 182.5 154.9 92.7 169.6 111.3 146.9 100.9 1358.1
2007 62.6 64.7 25.7 78.8 145.7 227.1 216.6 155.2 135.2 92.2 182.9 53.1 1440.1
2008 62.0 28.5 65.8 77.6 150.3 120.7 149.0 135.4 128.4 104.0 149.0 110.2 1280.9
2009 96.8
0.0 45.2 97.6 143.6 168.3 161.9 202.4 139.8 126.4 141.4 67.1 1390.5
2010 31.8 103.2 57.9 53.4 133.5 158.8 190.9 116.8 163.4 115.7 97.8
69
1292.2
2011 1.5
37.4 13.3 60.7 150.6 136.5 172.6 168.6 107.2 80.7 106.3 93.2 1128.6
Avr 57.4 48.6 41.9 82.8 149.5 156.0 168.7 143.9 143.2 115.3 131.3 87.3 1325.9
Source: Ha Dong Station - Hydro meteorological Data Center - National Center for
Hydrometeorology, 2012.
2.1.2.4. Wind speed and wind direction
Wind is one of the basic meteorological factors most affecting the spread of pollutants in
the air and disturbs pollutants in water
In the project, winter prevailing wind direction is northwest and north, summer prevailing
wind direction is South East North West and North. The factors affecting the wind direction is the
pressure and topographical characteristics of the area. Average wind speed according to the
average direction for many years (from 2002-2011) are presented in the following table.
Table 2.8: The monthly average wind speed and five
(m/s)
Year/Character
I
II
III
2002 V(average)
Vmax
Direction
Day
2003 V(average)
Vmax
Direction
Day
2004 V(average)
Vmax
Direction
Day
2005 V(average)
Vmax
1
8
W
12
1
8
NE
27
1
8
NE
18
1
8
2
7
SSE
25
2
8
SE
21
1
10
NE
3
2
8
2
6
SE
2
2
8
NE
6
1
7
SE
20
1
9
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
IV
V
VI
2
2
1
7
7
8
SE
W SW
10
1
20
2
1
1
7
9
7
SE SSE SSE
17
3
29
2
2
1
8
14
10
ENE SW NW
16
28
26
2
2
1
18
12
10
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Average
1
12
SSE
1
2
13
W
9
1
9
SSE
15
2
18
1
12
NW
18
1
8
W
27
1
10
NW
4
1
9
1
9
NE
12
1
6
SE
14
1
6
NE
19
1
14
1
6
SE
6
1
6
SE
4
1
1
NE
2
1
6
1
8
NE
16
1
6
SSE
5
2
8
NE
15
1
7
1
8
NE
8
1
6
NE
19
2
7
NE
30
1
7
1.3
12
SSE
1-VII
1.3
13
W
9
1.3
14
SW
28
1.3
18
61
Year/Character
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Average
Direction
SE
SE
NE
NE SW NW
N
NW
N
S
NNE NE
N
Day
25
14
12
12
13
5
31
16
27
18
18
4
31-VII
V(average)
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
Vmax
7
10
8
12
13
14
10
7
9
9
13
6
14
Direction
NE
SE
NE
NE
N
SW SW
NE
N
NW
N
NNE
SW
Day
6
13
13
28
13
12
19
10
10
9
20
1
12-VI
V(average)
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
Vmax
7
11
9
14
9
13
13
14
16
8
7
6
16
Direction
SE ESE SE
NE
N
SW NE NNE N
NE NW
SE
N
Day
16
27
2
3
12
12
26
16
18
4
27
1
18-IX
V(average)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.0
Vmax
6
6
6
6
9
8
8
7
8
8
10
7
10
Direction
SE
NE
SE
SE NW SE
N
SW SE ESE NE
N
NE
Day
9
26
20
6
9
20
28
4
13
23
7
5
7-XI
V(average)
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.2
Vmax
8
8
11
7
8
12
7
7
8
7
9
9
12
Direction
N
SE
NE
SE
SE SW SE
N
N
NW
N
SE
SW
Day
21
19
13
9
12
30
6
8
26
14
2
6
30-VI
V(average)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.0
Vmax
7
10
17
10
14
12
13
10
8
9
7
15
17
Direction NNE ESE NNE NNE SW SW
S
ESE SE NNE NE
NE
NNE
Day
12
8
25
26
21
7
6
24
8
3
4
25
25-III
V(average)
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Vmax
10
10
14
8
12
15
13
7
9
7
5
6
15
Direction
NE
SE NNE SE
SE NW NNE NW NW NW NW NE
NW
Day
11
11
15
13
23
23
30
5
30
4
6
8
23-VI
Source: Ha Dong Station - Hydrometeorological Data Center - National Center for
Hydrometeorology, 2012.
2.1.2.5. Evaporation
Average annual evaporation project area is 999mm. Month of evaporation is greatest in
July reached 106.4 mm. Evaporation is low as 61.7 mm in August II. Distribution of monthly
evaporation PICHER of meteorological stations shown in the following table..
Table 2.9: Average monthly evaporation
(mm)
Year
I
II
III
IV
V
2002
2003
2004
2005
72.7
64.2
70.6
56.9
54.7
74.2
57.3
46.9
72.7
89.6
72.9
57.7
77.6
73.2
57.5
59.3
75.7
81.1
67.0
83.9
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
VI
VII
VIII
89.9 77.8 61.1
111.0 109.0 61.5
108.6 92.6 74.0
107.9 113.2 72.2
IX
62.9
56.3
62.7
79.0
X
XI
XII
68.9 58.5 54.4
109.0 111.3 94.7
106.2 89.9 83.5
101.2 76.0 104.1
Average
826.9
1035.1
942.8
958.3
62
2006 86.7 49.5 56.5 82.2 102.6 112.5 98.8 63.7 102.3 95.6 101.4 90.3
1042.1
2007 105.8 78.3 53.2 77.9 105.6 124.3 107.6 89.4 79.1 92.4 121.6 81.25 1116.4
2008 70.5 70.3 75.4 66.9 101.5 79.4 90.0 75.6 76.8 85.4 78.3 85.9
956.0
2009 81.7 52.2 64.2 75.1 84.3 115.4 83.1 98.0 83.7 97.1 123.3 95.0
1053.1
2010 63.6 84.0 94.0 62.7 86.4 132.9 130.4 75.7 92.6 122.9 101.7 86.9
1133.8
2011 81.2 50.0 63.8 75.0 91.6 81.7 96.4 79.9 72.5 74.9 69.4 88.8
925.2
TB
75.4 61.7 70.0 70.7 88.0 106.4 99.9 75.1 76.8 95.4 93.1 86.5
999.0
Source: Ha Dong Station - Hydro meteorological Data Center - National Center for
Hydrometeorology, 2012.
2.1.2.6. Rain
The rainy season usually occurs during the period from May to October. Wettest months
are usually July or August is associated with the rainy season in the northern delta. Monthly
rainfall is minimal or months are February XII. Annual average rainfall is 1551.7 mm. Maximum
daily rainfall is 214mm 2002-2011 period (appears on 13/VII/2009).
Mean monthly rainfall and average years are shown in table 2.8 below:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
63
Table 2.10 Average monthly rainfall in year.
Month
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
(mm)
XII Year
2002
24.5 33.0
14.5
14.5
224.5 260.5 114.5 158.0 147.0 128.0
66.0
81.5 1266.5
2003
40.0 42.5
5.0
30.0
330.0 218.0 325.9 321.0 340.0
15.0
0.0
2.5
2004
2.5
13.5
33.5
121.5 204.0 254.5 367.0 303.5 116.0
17.0
38.5
18.5 1490.0
2005
28.0 18.0
44.0
40.5
81.0
217.4 330.0 484.0 464.5
4.5
184.5 26.0 1922.4
2006
0.0
13.5
37.0
25.0
219.5 148.5 201.5 381.5 126.0
16.5
55.5
0.0
1224.5
2007
0.5
31.3
20.6
110.5 144.5 294.0 140.0 189.5 201.0 179.5
6.0
5.5
13229
2008
35.5 20.2
8.5
40.5
233.0 307.5 281.0 349.5 250.0 394.5 280.5
9.0
2209.7
2009
4.5
6.5
36.5
54.5
234.5 232.5 505.0
179.5
78.0
0.5
0.0
1427.0
2010
74.0
0.0
0.0
42.5
105.0 260.5 207.0 244.5 328.5
43.5
1.5
5.0
1342.0
2011
1.0
5.0
117.5
83.0
191.0 295.0 120.0 305.0 249.0 225.5
2.5
48.0 1642.5
TB
95.0
1669.9
21.1 18.4
31.7 56.3 196.7 248.8 259.2 283.2 243.2 110.2 63.6 19.6 151.7
Source: Hà Đông station – National data center – National data center, 2012.
2.1.2.7. Abnormal weather
Rainstorm: During the heating season (from August to October), there are a certain
number of tropical depressions and typhoons forming in the sea off the eastern Philippines go
landings on the northern delta move westward cause rain big, strong winds.
Northeast Monsoon: The northeast monsoon is the high pressure gas formed from the
Asian continent blowing through the South (China) in the north east of North Vietnam from
January to May V. IX Between the cold winter, some faster winds and winds stronger than the
first and last round of the season. Each northeast monsoon overflow affects local weather from 3
to nearly ten days, with the characteristic air temperature is lowered dramatically, it was
"tropical" of that warming. Having the northeast monsoon season overflow in late winter or air
meets warm moist tropical weather disturbances, born storm, tornado, hail, devastating the local
as they swept through.
Hoarfrost: Usually in November December and January the following year, at the end of the
northeast monsoon, operating sunny, cloudless night, calm winds, caused strong ground radiation.
The air temperature can be lowered to near 0°C rapidly. Water vapor in the air condenses armor
ground salt crystals form, causing the weather remains cold called hoarfrost. Hoarfrost can shut down
the metabolic processes of plants, frozen tissue so the real tropical mollusks die, damage to the
respiratory system of humans and animals.
Nom: In winter, alternating among cold snap has unusually hot days or occurs in the spring,
air humidity up to 90%, causing moisture condensation phenomena wet floor, mold making supplies
use, and food, insect development ... called monsoon weather.
2.1.2.8. Lightning
Number of days with thunderstorm lightning in the area average in the following table:
Table 2.11 Number of days in the year Lightning.
(Days)
Month
I
II
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Year
64
Hòa
Bình
station
Hà Nội
station
0,3
0,8
2,9
8,8
14,7
14,3
15,5
13,8
8,0
3,1
0,4
0,1
82,5
0,2
0,7
2,0
6,4
9,3
10,4
10,8
9,8
6,2
2,3
0,4
0,1
58,6
Source: NTR 02:2009 / BXD.
The above table shows that most Lightning from May to August to coincide with the
rainy period.
2.1.3. Hydrological conditions
Surface water crossing Route 2 Da River is large, survival, affecting traffic on the Black
River is primarily where large density transportation. Also online also cut through a few small
streams, ponds and lakes. The water level fluctuates seasonally from 0.5 to 1.5 m. The flood
season water level quickly pulled in a short time. The level of spring water does not affect the
work.
Water levels on the river Da multi-slow transformation. Downstream water levels
fluctuate and are influenced by the low tide. Average monthly flow over the common river much
smaller than average year - AMY: January 10/2013 on the Black River to flow Hoa Binh
reservoir is less than 43% compared with AMY; characteristic values of water level, flow
monthly salary of 10/2013 (H cm; Q m3/s):
River
Station
Highest
Lowest
Average
TBNN
Compared
with TBNN
Hoa Binh
reservoir
1930
250
1050
1830
-43%
Da River
(reservoir flow m3
/ s)
Groundwater: the section on the hillside, mountain low: The water level on the entire
route is often very deep below the surface, does not affect the column foundations. Paragraph
goes on plain: the average groundwater level of about 4 to 4.5 m. The analytical results of the
water samples showed no corrosive concrete.
Below is a detailed table showing the rivers and streams that cut across projects:
Bảng 2.12. List of rivers and streams affected by project
TT
Piket's
cutpoint
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5+28.9
28+90.0
94+81.8
104+11.3
105+45.9
120+40.5
169+77.9
182+500
328+05.3
330+11.8
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Crossed the
corner
70
80
60
60
90
80
80
Name
rivers
The width of the river
(stream) in the direction of
cut (m)
Pond
Stream
Đà River
Branch of Đà river
canal
lake+stream
stream
stream
Pond
Ao
83,5
23,4
641,1
22,4
4,0
110,0
71,0
10,0
50,0
32,2
65
TT
Piket's
cutpoint
11
12
13
335+42.5
340+21.7
341+05.9
14
398+56.1
15
Crossed the
corner
Name
rivers
The width of the river
(stream) in the direction of
cut (m)
151,3
80,2
236,4
408+69.5
Pond
Pond
Lake
Fish pond (one season
field)
Swamp
16
414+86.0
Pond
30,7
17
415+76.8
Pond
69,9
18
421+40
90
Pond
70,0
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
427+41
427+81
428+76
430+87
434+78
437+32
438+73
439+61
445+60
448+36
453+62
456+21
457+35
459+21
461+88
464+71
464+96
468+01
469+27
471+47
471+59
472+41
473+70
475+65
475+70
476+08
476+69
477+71
477+97
478+24
478+73
120
Canal
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Con river
Fish pond
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Pond
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Pond
Pond
Canal
Canal
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Pond
Canal
5
80
100
154,9
109,7
74,8
87,7
72,3
48,3
336,5
4
4
3
53,9
71,6
10
26
4
4
4
82,3
37,6
3
2
38,6
24,2
39,1
26
27,3
49,2
17
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
90
110
90
60
120
60
90
90
90
40
80
80
898,2
79,7
66
TT
Piket's
cutpoint
Crossed the
corner
Name
rivers
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
481+53
483+78
486+27
489+28
493+65
495+08
500+22
500+40
505+91
75
130
80
80
45
120
70
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Canal
Pond
Canal
90
The width of the river
(stream) in the direction of
cut (m)
8
25
12
10
10
4
8
18
15
Source: Statistics Report
2.1.4. The geological phenomena of physics, electrical resistivity
Through the police investigation along the route, terrain landforms on-line column
position is less likely to arise slide.
Conducting soil resistivity measured by electrical probe method at 20 specific sites.
Measurement results averaged for the following classes:
Table 2.13 The results of the resistivity measurements of soil
STT
Class name
Height (m)
Resistivity (m)
1
Clay layer (1a+2a+2b)
1,0 – 4,0
110 – 130
2
Clay layer (3a)
1,0 – 4,0
450 – 550
3
Soil particle (3b+3c)
1,0 – 4,0
850 – 1100
4
Weathered rock (4)
1,0 – 4,0
2500 – 3000
Earthquakes: according to the seismic zoning map of the territory of Vietnam Institute of
Geophysics TTKHTN, Technology and Environment, established in 1995. The area of the
earthquakes Msmax = 6.1 to 6.5, h = 15-20 km, I max = 8.0 (according to MSK - 64))
2.1.5. The status of the physical components of the environment
2.1.5.1. Current status of surface water, air, soil
To assess the current state of the natural environment in the project area, the sample gas,
water consulting unit is Energy Institute has combined with Chemistry Laboratory - Operations
Management and Environmental Analysis at the Institute of Chemical Engineering - Student and
Professional Documents measurement conducted sampling and analysis.
Location map soil sampling, surface water and air along the lines
(Location map overall soil sampling, surface water and air are attached in annex) Here are some
epitomizes the sampling location platform:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
67
Figure 2.1: Location map of sampling platform G1 G26
Figure 2.2: Location map G26 – Endpoint
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
68
1. Air Environment
The monitoring and analysis equipment
 21 toxic gases automatic targets measuring: Oldham MX21 Plus (France)
 Air sampling equipment: BUCK - VSS 5 (U.S.)
 Noise measuring device: Extech Intrusment (Germany)
 System instrumentation microclimate: DAVIS Instruments (USA)
 Dust concentration measuring device: TDA (U.S.)
 Equipment spectrophotometer, UV - VIS: Jasco V - 530 (Japan)
Methods of monitoring
 Field with specialized testing equipment
 Absorbing solution, GC analysis in the laboratory
Preservation:
For air samples after sampling is complete , proceed to have blood in the scene and
transferred to the laboratory air quality and noise analysis to proceed . Log samples were
collected and strict performance during Observation has the problem not yet on the work
sampling .
Monitoring parameters:
 The microclimate parameters: temperature, humidity, pressure, wind speed, wind
direction
The physical and chemical: CO, SO2, NOx, total dust, noise.
TT
1
Position Monitoring: Perform measuring and sampling the atmosphere at 10 locations.
Table 2.14: Location of environmental monitoring of air
Coordinates
Symbol
Location
N
E
K1
0533736
2301504
Air samples in the front yard Hoa Binh
hydropower
Air samples in true mountain region, held 25 wards
of Friendship, Peace City
2
K2
0534144
2302323
3
K3
0535286
2310448
4
K4
0536786
2310212
5
K5
0541166
2313525
6
K6
0545935
2314231
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Air samples at his doorstep Thiem, neighbors Bun,
Mong Yen, Hoa Binh city
.
Sample air his doorstep Dinh Van Khue, river
neighbor, Dan Ha commune, Ky Son district, Hoa
Binh city.
Air samples at Back Beach neighborhood, Mong
Hoa, Ky Son district, Hoa Binh province.
Air samples in the neighborhood of Go Bui, Dan
Hoa Commune, Ky Son district, Hoa Binh
69
province.
7
K7
0559934
2312797
Front air samples Forestry University at Highway
21
8
K8
0561834
2313509
Air samples at Gold Camp, Dong Ha village, Dong
Yen Commune, Quoc Oai district, Hanoi.
9
K9
0564120
2315957
Air samples at Ben Lime, Lower Village Doi, Doi
Huu Commune, Quoc Oai district, Hanoi.
2321072
Air samples in the dike Yen Noi, Thach Radicals,
Quoc Oai district, Hanoi.
10
K10
0567311
The analytical results of air environment:
To assess the current state of air quality environmental project area and surrounding areas based
on the actual terrain, the wind direction during the day to conduct monitoring surveys. The results
of analysis of environmental air areas as follows:
Table 2:15. The analytical results of air environment
QCVN
QCVN
Parameters
Result
05:2009/
26:2010/
TT
Unit
BTNMT BTNMT
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
o
Temperature
C
23
22
23
24
24
1
Humidity
%
71
69
68
69
72
2
Wind Speed
m/s
1,94
2,03
1,99
2,01
1,75
3
Wind
TB
TB
TB
TB
TB
4
Direction
Pressure
mBar
1011,3 1001,9 1005,3 1010,7 1011,5
5
3
Total dust
122
102
97
112
121
300
6
g/m
Noise
dBA
61
59
67
63
58
70
7
CO
14465
15134
12542
12453
13421
30.000
8
g/m3
3
SO2
123
132
103
121
154
350
9
g/m
3
137
131
103
104
141
200
10 NOx
g/m
TT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Parameters
Temperature
Humidity
Wind Speed
Wind
Direction
Pressure
Total dust
Noise
CO
SO2
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Results
Unit
QCVN
05:2009/
BTNMT
QCVN
26:2010/
BTNMT
-
-
C
%
m/s
K6
22
69
2,03
K7
23
69
2,01
K8
23
67
2,03
K9
23
68
2,02
K10
24
70
2,12
-
TB
TB
TB
TB
TB
-
-
mBar
g/m3
dBA
g/m3
g/m3
1011,0
121
63
14412
132
1011,3
104
59
15132
125
1011,5
100
64
12553
100
1011,4
113
66
12423
143
1011,6
122
67
13425
132
300
30.000
350
70
-
o
70
10
142
121
98
101
104
200
g/m3
Source: Chemistry Laboratory - Operations Management and Environmental Analysis
Institute of Chemical Engineering - Student and professional documents.
NTR 05:2009 / MONRE: National technical regulation on ambient air quality (for CO, SO2,
NO2, total dust)
NTR 26:2010 / MONRE: National Technical Regulation on noise.
Comment:
For air samples after sampling is complete, proceed to have blood in the scene and transferred to
the laboratory air quality and noise analysis to proceed. Log samples were collected and strict
performance during Observation has the problem not yet on the work sampling.
Through the survey, measurement, sampling and laboratory analysis indicates the current status
of air environment of the project area 220 kV line west of Hanoi in Hoa Binh-reaching
environmental regulations Vietnam regulations: NTR 05:2009 / MONRE in ambient air, NTR 26:
2010/BTNMT: National Technical Regulation of noise.
NOx
2. Surface Water Environment
The instrumentation and analysis
 Measuring water quality: Water Quality-Check TOA (Japan)
+ BOD5 analysis  Equipment: BOD HACH instrument (USA)
 Equipment E.coli analysis: Total coliform Lab HACH (U.S.)
 Spectrophotometer equipment / UV-Vis Jasco V-530 (Japan)
Methods of analysis
 Measure quickly at the scene;
 Weight, titration, colorimetric.
Preservation:
All water samples obtained after instant store in barrel (a temperature of about 4°C) during
transportation to the laboratory (Lab). In the laboratory, sample containers were stored in a
refrigerator until analysis.
Indicator analysis:
pH, COD, BOD5, total suspended solids (TSS), DO, ammonium, chloride, fluoride, phosphate,
nitrite, nitrate, arsenic, E. coli, Coliform
Location observation:
Conduct surface water sampling at 10 locations along the line. Notation and coordinates of the
sample location as the following table:
Table 2:16: Location of surface water sampling
Coordinates
No Symbols
Locations
N
E
1
NM1
Black River surface water samples at the position after
0534762 2302323 flood overflow
2
NM2
0534144 2303839
Samples of surface water in streams Yeah, hold 25 wards
of Hoa Binh
3
NM3
0534991 2308152
The stream water samples at Thia, Mong Yen, Hoa Binh
city
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
71
4
5
NM4
NM5
The stream water samples at Thia, Mong Yen, Hoa Binh.
Samples of surface water in streams flowing through the
0534515 2306305
area charge, hold 17, Tan Hoa, Hoa Binh.
Samples of surface water drainage channel at the bottom of
the breech bridge, river neighbor, Dan Ha Commune, Ky
0536876 2309918
Son district, Hoa Binh.
6
NM6
Samples of surface water canals in Dong Bai, Hoa Son
0577722 2309666 commune, Luong Son, Hoa Binh.
7
NM7
Surface water samples at Ascension foot waterfall, Bui Go
0545699 2313629 neighbor, Dan Hoa Commune, Ky Son district, Hoa Binh.
8
NM8
Samples of surface water in lakes dots, Gold Camp, village
0561916 2013459 of Dong Ha, Dong Yen Commune, Quoc Oai, Ha Noi
9
NM9
Samples of surface water in irrigation canals in Ben Lime ,
0564120 2315957 Basing House , Quoc Oai , Ha Noi
10
NM10
Samples of surface water in lakes Yen Noi, Quang Dong
0567311 2321072 Commune, Quoc Oai district, Hanoi.
The results of surface water monitoring sample points as in the following table:
Table 2:17: The results of analysis of surface water quality
Result
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
pH
BOD5(200C)
Solid (TSS)
COD
DO
Amoni (NH4+)
(calculated by N)
Chloral (Cl-)
Floride(F-)
Phosphate (PO4 3-)
(calculated by P)
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
7,0
13
41
24
5,3
6,9
15
47
25
5,1
7,1
17
51
31
3,5
7,1
15
50
28
4,5
6,8
24
49
43
4,4
QCVN
08:2008/
BTNMT,
Degree
B1
5,5 – 9
15
50
30
≥4
mg/l
0,13
0,41
0,22
0,45
0,32
0,5
mg/l
mg/l
78
0,8
67
0,7
78
0,6
89
1,2
113
1,01
600
1,5
mg/l
5,3
5,2
6,7
3,6
4,5
10
Nitrit (NO2-)
(calculated by N)
Nitrate (NO3-)(
MPN/
100ml
mg/l
0,01
0,01
0,02
0,003
0,002
0,04
2,2
2,3
4,1
3,2
4,0
10
Parameters
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Unit
NM1
NM2
NM3
NM4
NM5
72
calculated by N)
12
Asen (As)
13
E.Coli
14
Coliform
No
1
2
Parameters
12
pH
BOD5(200C)
Suspended solids
(TSS)
COD
DO
Amoni (NH4+)
(calculated by
N)
Chloral (Cl-)
Floride(F-)
Phosphate (PO4 3-)
(calculated by
P)
Nitrit (NO2-)
(calculated by
N)
Nitrate (NO3-)(
calculated by
N)
Asen (As)
13
E.Coli
14
Coliform
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
mg/l
MPN/
100ml
MPN/
100ml
0,001
0,002
0,001
0,003
0,004
0,05
21
79
86
95
97
100
3,2x103 5,1x103 5,3x103 6,6x103 6,1x103
7500
Results
QCVN
08:2008/
BTNMT,
Level B1
Unit
NM6
NM7
NM8
NM9
NM10
mg/l
7,2
14
6,7
24
7,2
13
6,8
13
6,9
15
5,5 – 9
15
mg/l
41
43
50
49
51
50
mg/l
mg/l
23
5,1
40
4,1
22
4,2
22
4,3
27
4,5
30
≥4
mg/l
0,34
0,42
0,24
0,41
0,32
0,5
mg/l
mg/l
102
0,8
78
0,9
97
1,03
134
1,3
200
1,04
600
1,5
mg/l
4,5
5,2
5,6
2,5
4,6
10
MPN/
100ml
0,01
0,011
0,021
0,005
0,002
0,04
mg/l
2,1
2,3
4,6
6,2
4,1
10
mg/l
MPN/
100ml
MPN/
100ml
0,01
0,01
0,01
0,007
0,009
0,05
78
91
93
77
99
100
5,5x103 6,7x103 5,9x103 7,1x103 7,6x103
7500
Source: Chemistry Laboratory - Operations Management and Environmental Analysis
Institute of Chemical Engineering - Student and professional documents.
NTR 08:2008 / MONRE, Level B1: National technical regulation on surface water quality. B1:
for the purpose of irrigation or irrigation purposes other uses require the same quality of water
or waterway purposes and other purposes with low water quality requirements.
The result is true for samples analyzed at the time of sampling.
Comment:
Environmental status of the surface water project area is relatively good, most of the samples
analyzed were achieved NTR 08:2008 / MONRE - National technical regulation on surface water
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
73
quality. However, as measurements and analysis of surface water samples have not reached the
target in bold NTR 08:2008 / MONRE, Level B1:
+ NM3: BOD5 (200C) exceeds 0.13 times
TSS: Exceeding 0.02 times
COD: Exceeding 0.03 times
+ NM5: BOD5 (200C) exceeds 0.6 times
COD: Exceeding 0.43 times
+ NM7: BOD5 (200C) exceeds 0.6 times
COD: Exceeding 0.33 times
+ NM10: TSS: Exceeding 0.02 times
Coliform: Exceed 0,013 times.
3. Land Environment
Monitoring Indicators: Humidity, SiO2, Al2O3, Fe2O3, Cao, MgO, 2, 4-D, As, Cd, Cu, Pb, Zn.
Position Monitoring: Time sampled: 11/05/2012: D1, D2; 11/06/2012: D3
Table 2:18: Soil Sampling Location
Coordinates
TT Symbol
Location
N
E
1
Đ1
Acres in the mountain region Yeah, hold 25 wards of
0534144 2302323 Friendship, Hoa Binh.
2
Đ2
Acres at Back Beach neighborhood, Mong Hoa, Ky Son
0541166 2313525 district, Hoa Binh.
Đ3
Yen acres De Noi, Quang Dong Commune, Quoc Oai
0567311 2321072 district, Hanoi.
3
Soil analysis results are shown in the following table:
Table 2.19: Soil analysis results
NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Parameter
Unit
Đ1
11,2
60,4
13,7
7,9
1,4
1,2
0,0026
0,4
Result
Đ2
9
63,4
15,5
7,4
1,6
1,5
0,0029
1,1
Đ3
9,5
64,6
14,3
7,6
1,5
1,4
0,0021
1,02
QCVN03:2008/BTNMT
(Agriculture Land)
12
Humidity
%
SiO2
%
Al2O3
%
Fe2O3
%
CaO
%
MgO
%
2,4-D
ppm/g land
Asen (As)
mg/kg dry soil
Cadimi
mg/kg dry soil
0,01
0,01
0,02
2
(Cd)
Copper
mg/kg dry soil
2,3
4,1
7,3
50
(Cu)
Lead (Pb)
mg/kg dry soil
3,4
5,7
49
70
Zinc (Zn)
mg/kg dry soil
87
66
87
200
Source: Chemistry Laboratory - Operations Management and Environmental Analysis
Institute of Chemical Engineering - Student and professional documents.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
74
Note:
NTR 03:2008 / MONRE: National Technical Regulation on permissible limits of heavy metals in
soil.
The result is true for samples analyzed at the time of sampling
Comment:
Through the analysis of soil samples in the project service area, shows that the environmental
criteria of land are under NTR 03:2008 / MONRE (agricultural land). Metal content: As, Cd, Zn,
Cu, Pb, Hg in soil, indicating the accumulation of heavy metals in agricultural land. The
analytical results of the heavy metal content of the entire study sample are much smaller standard
NTR 03:2008 / MONRE. This proves that the soil in the study area is not contaminated heavy
metals and relatively safe for the development of production, the cultivation of food crops and
crops.
Current status of soil environmental project area is relatively good, heavy metal
concentrations in soil were achieved QCVN 03: 2008/BTNMT - National Technical Regulations
on permissible limits of heavy metals in soil.
2.1.5.2. Electromagnetic field
In order to assess the electric field in the project area, key Laboratory of High Pressure - The
Energy Institute has conducted monitor at 40 locations along the 220kV Hoa Binh – The West of
Ha Noi and got the results as follows:
- Temperature while measurement: 280C
- Relative Humidity: 75%
- Measuring equipment: electromagnetic field meter HI-3604
- Measurement date: 10/17/2012
Table 2:20: Table results of measured electric field strength and the magnetic field strength along
the project.
Electric
Magnetic
field
field
No.
Location
Note
intensity
strength
(V/m)
(mA/m)
1 Tan Thinh ward, Hoa Binh
44,9
200
In front of column G1
2 Tan Thinh ward, Hoa Binh
48,8
203
In front of column G1
No. 2 lane 112 Tieu Khu Muoi Road,
Between column G1 –
3
120
140
Hoa Binh
G2
No. 24 alley 92 lane 112 Tieu Khu
Between column G1 –
4
100
140
Muoi Road, Hoa Binh
G2
No. 24 alley 92 lane 112 Tieu Khu
Between column G1 –
5
100
44
Muoi Road, Hoa Binh
G2
Dong village, Hoa Binh Thanh
Between 02 columns
6
80
200
commune, Hoa Binh
G4 – G5
Preschool Hoa Binh, Hoa Binh
Between 02 columns
7
120
90
commune, Hoa Binh
G4 – G5
Bun hamlet, Yen Mong commune, Hoa
Between 02 columns
8
1,05
26,1
Binh
G13 – G14
Bun hamlet, Yen Mong commune, Hoa
Between 02 columns
9
1,11
25,8
Binh
G13 – G14
Bun hamlet, Yen Mong commune, Hoa
Between 02 columns
10
1,08
26
Binh
G13 – G14
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
75
No.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Location
Dong Ben village, Mong Hoa hamlet,
Ky Son district, Hoa Binh
Dan Phuong village, Mong Hoa
hamlet, Ky Son district, Hoa Binh
Dong Xoai village, Mong Hoa hamlet,
Ky Son district, Hoa Binh
Dong Xoai village, Mong Hoa hamlet,
Ky Son district, Hoa Binh
Dong Xoai village, Mong Hoa hamlet,
Ky Son district, Hoa Binh
Go Bui hamlet, Dan Hoa commune,
Ky Son, Hoa Binh
Go Bui hamlet, Dan Hoa commune,
Ky Son, Hoa Binh
Go Bui hamlet, Dan Hoa commune,
Ky Son, Hoa Binh
Electric
field
intensity
(V/m)
Magnetic
field
strength
(mA/m)
1,2
25,1
1,2
25,2
15
10,7
14
10,3
16
10,4
1,83
21,2
1,78
21,7
1,80
21,1
19
Dong Doi hamlet, Hoa Son commune,
Luong Son, Hoa Binh
4,23
95
20
Dong Doi hamlet, Hoa Son commune,
Luong Son, Hoa Binh
4,30
93
4,33
92
4,34
92
50
85
51
84,5
21
22
23
Nay stream, Suối Nây, Hoa Son
commune, Luong Son, Hoa Binh
Dong Tram, Hoa Son commune,
Luong Son, Hoa Binh
Group 6, Tan Son hamlet, Hoa Son
commune, Luong Son, Hoa Binh
24
Group 6, Tan Son hamlet, Hoa Son
commune, Luong Son, Hoa Binh
25
Hoa Son commune, Luong Son, Hoa
Binh
22,5
460
26
Hoa Son commune, Luong Son, Hoa
Binh
24
461
1,15
10,8
1,.11
10,5
1,02
10,7
27
28
29
Dong Yen commune, Quoc Oai
district, Ha Noi
Dong Yen commune, Quoc Oai
district, Ha Noi
Dong Yen commune, Quoc Oai
district, Ha Noi
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Note
Between 02 columns
G16 – G17
Between 02 columns
G17 – G18
Between 02 columns
G19 – G20
Between 02 columns
G19 – G20
Between 02 columns
G19 – G20
Between 02 columns
G22 – G23
Between 02 columns
G22 – G23
Between 02 columns
G22 – G23
Ms. Thanh s’ house
courtyard, around
columns G30 – G31
Commune internal
road, around columns
G30 – G31
around columns G31 –
G32
around columns G31 –
G32
around columns G33 –
G34
around columns G34 –
G35
Before the gate No. 53,
around columns G35G36
On the highway 21,
around columns G35G36
around columns G37G38
around columns G37G38
around columns G37G38
76
No.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Location
Ben Voi, Dong Yen commune, Quoc
Oai district, Ha Noi
Ben Voi, Dong Yen commune, Quoc
Oai district, Ha Noi
Can Xa Thuong, Can Huu commune,
Quoc Oai district, Ha Noi
Can Xa Thuong, Can Huu commune,
Quoc Oai district, Ha Noi
Dong Quang commune, Quoc Oai
district, Ha Noi
Dong Quang commune, Quoc Oai
district, Ha Noi
Dong Quang commune, Quoc Oai
district, Ha Noi
Duong Coc hamlet, Dong Quang
commune, Quoc Oai district, Ha Noi
Duong Coc hamlet, Dong Quang
commune, Quoc Oai district, Ha Noi
Duong Coc hamlet, Dong Quang
commune, Quoc Oai district, Ha Noi
Duong Coc hamlet, Dong Quang
commune, Quoc Oai district, Ha Noi
Electric
field
intensity
(V/m)
Magnetic
field
strength
(mA/m)
1,07
10,2
1,09
10,4
1,17
10,7
1,12
10,8
1,09
10,7
1,09
10,8
1,10
10,5
1,11
10,7
1,12
10,2
1,05
10,4
1,05
10,7
Note
around columns G37G38
around columns G37G38
around columns G38G39
around columns G38G39
around columns G39G40
around columns G39G40
around columns G39G40
around columns G39G40
around columns G39G40
around columns G39G40
around columns G39G40
Notes:
- The values in the table are results calculated average values of 03 samples/01 point. The
measurement locations are shown in the table in hand with Peace 220kV line - west of Hanoi.
- The result is true for samples at the time of observation.
Source: Key Laboratory of High Pressure - Energy Institute.
Comment: According to the results, the measured electric field strength measured at 40
points along the project (at the time of measurement points) are guaranteed much lower than the
allowed limit is 5kV/m by Decree 106/2005/ND-CP. During operation, power is transmitted on
220kV line will cause electromagnetic fields affect the health of workers and residents operate in
a corridor if no mitigation measures this impact.
2.1.6 . The status of ecosystems and biological resources
2.1.6.1 . The status of the ecosystem
Based on the results of field studies and analysis of 2006 Ikonos satellite images, along
the lines are divided into three ecosystems (HST): Ecosystem residential areas, watershed
ecosystems, agricultural ecosystems Industry:
1 . Residential Ecosystem
Biome in cord obviously artificial biomes, including major crops, livestock provide
essential needs for the local population. Plant: perennial fruit crops, ornamental, shade, building
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
77
materials ... Trees as spices, medicinal plants. Animals: Mice categories, house mice, rats, mice,
cattle, pigs, goats, horses , poultry, cattle, wild boar, jungle rat ... Birds: red- whiskered bulbul,
yellow star, shots robin ... Reptiles: gecko, lizard long tail ....
2 . Watershed ecosystem
Water valley: ponds, lakes, marshes, rice fields.
Plants: Plants tolerate waterlogged whispering, they plant Castor, pregnant again, Say ...
phytoplankton species in the fields of diatom, green algae, eyes shine, dirt, grass, crops for ...
Zooplankton: Group crustacean copepods, crustacean antennae industry, rotifers and other groups
such as Swimming inclined... Benthos: Group of bivalve molluscs, gastropod molluscs,
crustacean shellfish, aquatic insects, fish ... Birds: White Stork, White -breasted hoe, fish pool.
The water flowing waterways: rivers, streams, canals and ditches, many coastal caves.
Appearance: Water Snakes, Frogs Amphibian as copper, appendage, pots, cups lumpy...
Food chain cord is not long, usually 4-5 chains. Most organisms live streams focus on
coastal and bottom floor because there are more places to hide, many organic sludge residue,
avoid strong currents. Biome here changes seasonally wet season and dry season.
3 . Agricultural ecosystem
Agricultural ecosystem is classified as artificial, both terrestrial component part both in
the water, is responsible for the production of agricultural products and livestock farming ( in the
fishery).
Plants include: agricultural crops such as rice, corn, potatoes, cassava, beans of all kinds,
vegetables, shrubs, trees workshops; shrub has yellow florals, including cherry, gold bracelet,
black alum, buy flakes, Virgin ... Harmful insects, pests such as grasshoppers, BPH, bugs, the
account of, beetle leaves, equipage, leaf, stem, fly... Beneficial insects: belostomatids,
Honeybees, Bees pleasure, forest Honeybees, like food Locusts, grasshoppers, crickets, pupae,
bee... Birds eat seeds, insects and small animals: Sao gold mine, the Se... Reptiles: Lizards,
Snakes water, drain snake. Luong residents: frogs, appendage ... Animals: poor, virtually no large
and medium-sized species, mainly rodents as a hamster.
The average chain food has 3-4 chains. Corn, rice is the main object of providing the
ecosystem and is the basis for many food consumption level 1 creatures, mostly insects, rats and
poultry. Level 2 organisms consumed mainly birds.
2.1.6.2. Diverse biological components group
According to the survey report ecological project area was conducted by the University of
Natural Science, Vietnam National University, Hanoi (03/2013), the composition of the group of
organisms in a corridor is defined as follows :
1. The composition of phytoplankton
Identified 55 species of planktonic algae of 4 sectors: algae, diatoms, green algae and
algae eye. Up to 20 species of green algae. 10 diatom species. Water valley is mainly in the area.
Watershed lakes, natural ponds, creeks, rice fields mainly phytoplankton algae, fish pond
waterbodies phytoplankton algae eye is primarily (more than 49).
Table 2:21: phytoplankton composition project area
Green Algae
Silic alage
Eye alage
Water type
Total (tb/I)
Algae (tb/I)
(tb/I)
(tb/I)
(tb/I)
Natural pond
25.867,1
19.953,5
2.931.7
2.9317
Fish pond
47.639,9
21.987,7
2198,8
23.453,5
Trench
26.385,2
21.108,2
5.277,0
Field
27.264,7
19.055,9
6.156,6
586,3
1.465,8
2. Aquatic vascular plants
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
78
In the last survey period, higher aquatic plants are not abundant. Common water hyacinth,
spinach, honeycomb, mouse ears, the duckweed. Group net less developed.
3. The composition of vascular plants live on land
According to the survey results, statistics and collected 236 plant species belonging to 202
genera and 70 them. Ferns Sector 3 species of 3 genera and 3 families; industry Magnolia 233 species
belonging to 199 genera and 67 families. Private sector angiosperms focused mainly in layer two
cotyledons (Magnolia).
4. Composition terrestrial animal groups
Amphibians - Reptiles
Summarizing the findings of previous authors, through actual field observations,
interviews people, the local authorities, we have identified projects exist along the 17 species
belonging to 9 families, 2 sets of two classes of reptiles and amphibians.
Habitat Village: Highest (24 species) as most lizards and frogs ....
Habitat field: 19 species of snakes as cradling, worm snakes, frogs, lizards short legged,
long-tailed skinks ...
Animal
Crab trees, large land Mice, Rats little land, little hamster and rat species ...
5. The composition of zooplankton
Identified 40 species of zooplankton: rotifers, Chan oars, Facial industry and larvae, insects,
larvae, fry ...
Overall zooplankton density ranged from over 1,000 to over 600,000 piece/m3. Density structure
between the different groups of zooplankton in each type of water body.
6. Benthic
Through surveys in the watershed, initially identified 28 species of benthic crustacean groups,
boys snail larvae, insects, little silk worms. The same species of crayfish found in rivers, lakes,
crab found in rice, crab found in the springs and streams.
7.Fish
According to statistical data and survey people, has identified 20 species of fish, such as carp,
float, sesame, tilapia ..... Including natural (river waters) and fish (hydro lake, pond).
8.Insects
System insect species belonging to 64 195 and 10 of them, Insect pests of food plants: 32 species
belonging to 13 families, 6 sets. Insect pests of fruit trees, 15 species belonging to 10 families, 5
orders. Insect pests of food plants: 16 species belonging to 8 families, 5 orders. Insect pests of
crops: 27 species.
2.1.6.3. The situation of the botanical group along the line
Based on the results of field surveys, the tranmission line runs mainly on Acacia hill,
planted tree hills, complex-tree hills, rice fields .... Below is a detailed statistics of the botanical
types within the safety corridors of the electricity grid project:
Table 2.22. Types of trees along the projects
No
Section
Length
1
NC -G1
229.7
2
G1 - G2
576.4
3
G2-G3
454.6
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Rice
(m2)
Crop
(m2)
Fruit
trees
(m2)
1,760
longan
3,300
Planted forests
(m2)
Natural
forest
(m2)
1,100 acacia
4,400 acacia
8,800 acacia
79
4
G3 - G4
776.6
5
G4 - G5
572.7
6
G5 - G6
756
11,000 bamboo, 2,200
acacia
5,500 bamboo, 5,500
acacia
11,000 acacia
7
G6 - G7
353.2
6,600 acacia
8
G7 - G8
709.3
11,000 acacia
9
G8 - G9
567.6
11,000 acacia
10
G9 - G10
468.4
9,900 acacia
11
G10 - G11
1906.3
40,700 acacia
12
G11 - G12
983.3
13
G12 - G13
770.9
4,400
14
G13 - G14
1357.7
8,800
21,340 acacia
5,500 acacia, 5,500
bamboo
4,400 bamboo, 6,600
acacia
15
G14 - G15
516.9
5,511
16
G15-G16
1995.7
33,000 acacia
17
G16-G17
1248.5
24,200 acacia
18
G17-G18
778.2
2,200
13,200 acacia
19
G18-G19
1535.3
2,200
30,800 acacia
20
G19-G20
1107.6
14,300
8,800 acacia
21
G20-G21
1594.2
33,000 acacia
22
G21-G22
1521.5
30,800 acacia
23
G22-G23
1003
24
G23-G24
2025.2
4,400
19,800 acacia
35,200 acacia, 4,400
bamboo
25
G24-G25
402.1
2,200
26
G25-G26
522.4
27
G26-G27
1895.7
28
G27-G28
2049.3
29
G28-G29
3411.1
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
2,046 acacia
1,100
banana
3,806
bamboo
2,200
5,500 acacia
11,000 acacia
22,000
lemon
grass
22,000
lemon
grass
33,000
lemon
grass
6,600
chuối
11,000 acacia
22,000 acacia
8,800
banana
22,000 acacia, 4,400
bamboo
80
30
G29-G30
516.5
4,400
6,600 acacia
31
G30-G31
2004.5
6,600
22,000
11,000 acacia
32
G31-G32
2199.7
8,800
11,000
33
G32-G33
1012.6
34
G33-G34
824.5
35
G34-G35
704.9
36
G35-G36
2656.5
44,000
37
G36-G37
625.3
8,800
38
G37 - G38
2644.7
10,780
17,578
39
G38 -G39
1226.9
21,560
4,818
40
G39 - G40
3760.2
46,200
41
G40 - NC
345.6
7,040
15,400
longan
11,000 acacia
15,400 acacia
8,800
longan
8,800
longan
6,600 acacia
4,400 acacia
4,400 acacia
1,320
bananas
Source: Survey report along the line
2.1.7. The environmental incidents
Environmental incidents are accidents or risks occurring during human activities or
abnormal changes of nature and causes severe environmental degradation.
Environmental incidents can occur due to a number of reasons:
Storms, floods, droughts, cracked earth, earthquakes, landslides, volcanic eruptions, acid
rain, sleet, climate changes and other natural disasters;
Fire, forest fire, technical problems causing harmful to the environment of the
manufacturing facilities, business, or economic, scientific research, technical, cultural, social,
security and defense;
However, Vietnam is located on a stable geological base in which earthquakes rarely
happen. If any, the earthquakes are usually at only 3-4 magnitude, and the foundation columns
and columns are calculated and designed to withstand earthquakes up to level 6. The fire control
and prevention of the locals which the projects go through are well controlled. The forest is
newly planted so landslide phenomena rarely occur.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
81
2.2. SOCIO – EMCONOMY CONDITIONS
2.2.1. Preliminary socio – economy conditions of planed area
The plan of 220kV tranmission line from Hoa Binh – the West of Hanoi crosses over two
provinces Hoa Binh and Hanoi, so that the socio – economy development of the planed area has
the characteristics of Hoa Binh and Hanoi:
1. Socio – economy conditions of Hoa Binh province
Hoa Binh is a moutainous province in the northwest of our country, bordering Hanoi
capital, the natural area is 4,662.53km2, and the population is: 803,300 people (in 2004).
It consists of 10 districts and 1 city (Cao Phong, Da Bac, Kim Boi, Ky Son, Lac Son, Lac
Thuy, Luong Son, Mai Chau, Tan Lac, Yen Thuy and Hoa Binh city), and has many residents of
ethnic groups live together.
Hoa Binh province is one of the four provinces of Vietnam in which the Vietnamese
(Kinh people) are not the majority, and it also has considered to be the capital of the Muong
people, because most of Muong people live here. According to the national census in 1999, there
are about 30 ethnic groups in the province area, the largest ethinic is Muong people making up
63.3%; Vietnamese (Kinh people) is 27.73%; Thai people is 3.9%; Dao people is 1.7%, Tay
people is 2.7%; Mong people is 0.52% and other ethnic groups are 1.18%.
2. Socio – economy conditions of Hanoi city
Hanoi is the capital city and the head of Vietnam about the natural area and the second
largest urban area after Ho Chi Minh city, it also ranks the second of population in account of
6,561,900 people (in 2010).
Located in the rich Red river delta, it soon became the center of polity and religion right
from the beginning of Vietnam.
After the expansion of administrative boundaries in August 2008, Hanoi area is 3,345.0
2
km including 10 districts, 1 town and 18 rural districts.
Hanoi is also a center of culture and education with the theaters, museums, traditional
villages, national media and major universities.
With the current development demands, the plan of 220kV tranmission line is necesssary
and contributes to the socio – ecomony development of Hanoi.
2.2.1.1. Socio – economy conditions in local area of Hoa Binh province
The plan of 220kV tranmission line from Hoa Binh – the West of Hanoi crossing Hoa
Binh province with the length of 39.8km, through Hoa Binh city, Luong Son district and Ky Son
district, shown in the following table:
Table 2.23: Socio – economy conditions in local area of Hoa Binh
Socio development
No.
Local
Economy development
Hoa Binh city
1
Agriculture: The total area of
fruit and vegetable farming is 23
hectares. The total livestock and
poultry: 71 cows, 672 pigs, 2879
Tan
Thinh poultry, a 4-hectare fish farming
commune
area.
Forestry: Cared and protected
area is 75 hectares.
Industry
and
Handicraft
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Education and training:
Improving the quality of
teaching staffs, quality of
teaching and learning in
schools.
Health: Good implementing
the national health programs.
Population: 9552 people.
Population growth rate: The
82
No.
2
3
Local
Economy development
Socio development
Industry: there are 56 small
production facilities and over 1,000
employees with stable income.
Trade – Services: there are 120
households
in
markets,
03
supermarkets and 451 production
facilities.
rate of natural population
growth is 0.32%.
Social policy: There are 25
poor households, making up
0.85%.
Agriculture:
Agriculture
development to communes the good
production, mainly to serve the local
people. Rice farming area is 28
hectares; corn farming area is 10
hectares. Care and protect the
Tan
Hoa
livestock and poultry of the
commune
commune.
Industry
and
Handicraft
Industry: Handicraft manufacture is
the main with 118 production
facilities and 304 employees.
Education and training:
There are 4 schools in the area
including 02 kindergartens, 01
primary school, and 01
secondary school. All schools
have full classrooms, facilities,
furniture
and
teaching
equipment.
Health:
Good
implementation of primary
health care for people in the
area.
Population: 6345 people.
Education and training:
Compulsory
education
in
primary school the right age
and
secondary
school
compulsory
education,
compulsory education.
Health:
Good
implementation of primary
health care for people in the
area.
Population
family
planning: The birth rate is
remained at 0.7%.
Population: 9315 people.
Agriculture:
Agricultural
production and livestock and
poultry farming.
Forestry: Promote to care and
protect forests, fire prevention.
Industry – Handicraft Industry:
The output value reached 45.5% in
the first 6 months of the year,
reached 45.5% compared to the
Huu
Nghi
plan.
commune
Trade - Services: 486 facilities
and individual households with
3,500 employees. Total sales of
service activities in the first 6
months of 2012 has estimated of
over 96 billion VND, increasing
28% compared with the same period
in 2011, has reached 49.2%
compared to the plan.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
83
No.
4
Local
Economy development
Agriculture: The total area of rice
farming is 214.74 hectares, corn
farming is 45 hectares; Total output
of cereal crops has reached 785
tons, peanut output is 4 hectares and
bean output is 2 hectares. Livestock:
436 buffaloes, 137 cows, 3,285
pigs; 7,966 poultry; 92 goats.
Forestry: Exploit and replant 41
hectares of acacia.
Industry – Handicraft Industry:
Yen
Mong The output value in 9 months has
commune
reached 13 billion, reached 77% of
the
plan,
increasing
12.5%
compared with the same period in
2011.
Trade - Services: Maintain the
operation of My market and the
facilities of trade – services in the
area: 95 facilities having revenue of
12.5 billion VND, comparing with
the year plan has reached 65%.
Comparing with the same period in
2011 has increased 15%.
Socio development
Education
Training:
Complete the program of
compulsory education in the
area
Health: Implement the health
care for people.
Population: 3698 people.
Luong Son district
5
6
Agriculture: Rice: 62.6 hectares;
crops: 80.3 hectares; Veterinary
Livestock: 318 buffaloes, 104 cows;
8,085 pigs, 284,600 poultry and
aquatics...
Forestry: Plant 18.2 hectares.
Hoa
Son
Industry - Handicraft Industry:
commune
Small production facilities are the
main
Education - Training: The
facilities of the 4 schools are
spacious and clean.
Health: Focus on the health
care for people.
Population: There are 6,119
people/1467 households in the
commune. The total number of
poor
households
is
32
households,
nearly
poor
households is 35.
Agriculture: rice: 6.2 hectares,
crop: 90 hectares, lemongrass: 170
hectares. Banana: 120 hectares. Tea:
Lam
Son
there are 50 ha, output is 7
commune
tons/hectares. Livestock: A number
of livestock and poultry: 84
buffaloes, 308 cows, 980 pigs,
Education - Training: The
facilities of schools meet the
basic requirements of teaching
and learning.
Health: The primary health
care
for
people
has
implemented with industry
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
84
No.
7
Local
Economy development
18,600 poultry, 24 deers, 68 goats,
165 hedgehogs, 1630 beehives.
Forestry: The plan of transferring
20 hectares new planted has
unfulfilled yet
Industry - Handicraft Industry:
The commune has a total of 132
households of trade – services
Agriculture: Rice: 87.3 hectares;
crops: 72 hectares; corns: 40
hectares; vegetables: 15 hectares;
beans: 5 hectares. Veterinary
Livestock: 369 buffaloes, 289 cows,
2,299 pigs, 250 goats; 250 dogs,
11,252 poultry; 1,350 beehives.
Forestry: Forest area is 20
hectares
Industry - Handicraft Industry:
Lương
Sơn
There are 800 households and
Commune
individual business. The handicraft
value in 9 months is estimated 210
billion VND, reached 108%
comparing with the year plan and
95% comparing with the same
period.
Trade - Services: The value in 9
months: 521 billion VND, reached
130% of the year plan and 130%
comparing with the same period.
Socio development
regulations.
Population: The commune
has a total of 4,234 people
/1,072 households.
Education - Training: The
facilities of schools meet the
basic requirements of teaching
and learning.
Health: The health care for
people is always interested.
Poverty reduction program:
In the first 9 months of 2012,
the commune has more than
100 poor households = 2.66%.
81 nearly poor households are
2.17%.
Population: 13,060 people.
Ky Son district
8
9
Agriculture: Cultivated area:
122.1 hectares, reaching 84% of the
plan.
Forestry: planting new forests
after harvesting is 15 hectares,
Dan
Hoa reached 75% of the plan.
commune
Industry - Handicraft Industry:
The facilities producing items such
as block brick, wood furniture, wine
basket, brooms, soldering iron door
- aluminum chassis, clothing
productions are the main...
Agriculture: The total area of
Dan
Ha
spring – winter crops: 348 ha.
commune
Livestock: 332 buffalos, 281 cows,
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Education - Training: The
facilities of schools meet the
basic requirements of teaching
and learning.
Health – Family population
and children: Maintaining the
duty as prescribed, ensuring
health care for people.
Population: 2,270 people.
Education - Training: The
facilities of schools meet the
basic requirements of teaching
85
No.
10
11
Local
Economy development
Socio development
152 goats, 1,450 pigs, 11,200
poultry, 20 tons fish farming.
Forestry: Caring old forest is 675
hectares, new planting is 65
hectares, and mining is 46 hectares.
Industry - Handicraft Industry:
The handicraft industries such as
broom, cement brick, toothpick
split, forestry processing, furniture
production.
and learning.
Health: The health care for
people is always interested.
Population: 4,957 people. In
the first 6 months has no 3rd
child birth case, the rate of
natural population growth is
0.7%.
Agriculture: The total cultivated
area: 345 hectares. Total cereal
output is 579 tons. Livestock
develops stable.
Forestry: Replanting the total
area of 40 hectares.
Industry – Handicraft Industry: 3
Mong
Hoa facilities attracting the large
commune
numbers of local employees, the
regular employees are 260 people
with stable income.
Education - Training: The
facilities of schools meet the
basic requirements of teaching
and learning.
Health:
Continue
to
implement the national program
on health care, ensure better
health care for people.
Population: 5,015 people.
The
rate
of
natural
population growth: 0.8%. The
rate of malnutrition: 14.5%.
Poverty reduction: In the
recent the commune has 35
poor households.
Agriculture: Mainly farming of rice,
corn and vegetables, livestock for a
stable development.
Industry - Handicraft Industry: the
traditional handicraft are still being
developed, a number of workshops
create jobs with stable incomes for
workers.
Trade - Services: small business
households not focused yet
Population: 2,439 people
Education:
Compulsory
education
in
pre-schools,
towards to primary and
secondary schools.
Health:
Good
implementation of social health
care and disease prevention
health care for local people.
Culture - information – sport
activities: Well organize culture
and sport activities.
Ky Son town
(Summerized from local socio – economy reports)
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
86
2.2.1.2. Socio-economic conditions of local areas in Hanoi city:
The project goes through territories of Hanoi with the length of 10.8 kilometers. The
socio-economic conditions of local areas where the project goes through is depicted in the table
below:
Table 2.24: The socio-economic conditions of local areas in Hanoi city.
Economic development
Social conditions
Ordinal Local areas
conditions
12
Dong
Yen
Commune –
Quoc
Oai
District
13
Can
Huu
Commune –
Quoc Oai
District
14
Dong Quang
Commune –
Quoc
Oai
District
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Agriculture: The working area is
995 ha, which rises by 1.1% in
comparison with the same period of
the previous year.
Industry:
Traditional
craft
villages, such as tailoring, rattan
weaving, broom making for
exporting, attract more than 200
workers. Total income from
industrial production- handicraft and
service in 9 recent months has
reached 4 billion and 500 million
Viet Nam Dong, which decreases
23.6% in the same period of the
previous year.
Agriculture: Winter crops area is
28.6 ha, spring crops area is 550.5
ha; total produce is 3260.92 tons.
Veterinary: Plans of bird flu
prevention and livestock and
poultry
immunization
have
achieved targets.
Industry, handicraft and service:
Knitting, broom making, rattan
weaving… have been retained and
developed stably.
Agriculture: Total working area
in 2011 is 582.32 ha. Total value of
planting in 2011 is 55,287 million
VND, which accounts for 45.28%
agricultural value.
Livestock and fisheries: Total
value of livestock and fisheries is
approximately 66.8 billion VND,
which is equal to 30.39% of total
agricultural value.
Industry:
Construction,
carpentry, handicrafts of rattan,
mechanics, transportation and
Education and training:
Schools’
infrastructure
basically meets requirements
for teaching and studying.
Healthcare: In 9 previous
months, healthcare centers have
conducted
check-ups
and
treatments for 4,682 visits; and
open immunization for 100% of
children in the area
Population:
10,298
inhabitants.
Education and training:
Schools’
infrastructure
continues growing stably to
meet requirements
Healthcare: Ensuring to
provide people with healthcare,
sanitation, hygiene, as well as
prevention from disease such
as influenza A.
Population:
9210
inhabitants.
Education and training: 01
secondary school, 01 primary
school and 03 kindergartens
with total number of 162
teachers. The number of
nationally qualified teachers at
primary schools, secondary
schools, and high schools are
100%, 100%, and 98.3%
respectively.
Healthcare: Dong Quang
Commune has 01 healthcare
center, which is 6434.6 m2 and
87
Ordinal
Local areas
Economic development
conditions
Social conditions
commerce services
Commerce- Service: Total value
is 7016 million VND, which is
equivalent to 3.28% in the
economic structure.
equipped with 03 patient
rooms and 10 patient beds. The
healthcare center is run by 10
people (01 doctor, 07 nurses,
01
midwife,
and
01
pharmacist).
Population:
11870
inhabitants.
(Collected from the Socio-economic reports of local areas)
2.2.2. Socio-economic conditions of households in row
Crossing 2 provinces: Hoa Binh and Hanoi city, the project has been stretched over 50
kilometers; therefore, the economic situations of households in the project area vary significantly,
depending on the economic and social situations. During a fieldwork, an interview about 220kV
electricity line was conducted with local people. Most of them are Kinh and Muong, usually with
4-5 people in each household, even with 6-7 people each. Only some households run family
business or work for other companies, however, the majority of households in the project area do
low-paid jobs such as agriculture or forest, with an average outcome of 2- 5 million Vietnam
Dong/household/month. Especially in Hoa Binh province area, transportation difficulties put
effects on economic development. Also from the report, most of household agree with the
project.
Most of the affected households live in Hoa Binh province; only 03 families and 03 other
constructions in Hanoi city are in effects. The majority of families work in agriculture with lowincomes. Each family usually has 4-5 people, predominantly are Muong and Kinh people. Details
of households affected by the project are shown in the following table:
Table 2.25: List of households in the row
Area
Height
Household
Wall
Roof
(m2)
(m)
Tan Thinh Ward – Hoa Binh City – Hoa Binh Province
Mr. Quan
40
Brick
6
Brick
Tile
Tile
Mr. Son
40
Mrs. Loi
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Thu
54
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Man
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Kieu
45
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Thieu
48
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Hoi
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Thuan
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
6
Huu Nghi Ward- Hoa Binh City- Hoa Binh Province
Tile
60
Brick
6
88
Area
(m2)
50
Household
Mr. Nghanh
Wall
Roof
Brick
Tile
Height
(m)
6
Hoa Binh Ward- Hoa Binh City- Hoa Binh Province
Tile
40
Brick
6
Mr. Dung
T.M.N
40
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Phong
48
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Dan
36
Brick
Tile
5.5
Mrs. Phuong
32
Brick
Concrete
5.5
Tan Hoa Ward – Hoa Binh City – Hoa Binh Province
Mr. Mo
40
Brick
Brick
Tile
Concrete
Mr. Lang
50
Mr. Thanh
6
5.5
48
Brick
Concrete
5.5
Mr. Kinh
40
Brick
Concrete
5.5
Mr. Thanh
36
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Ninh
48
Brick
Tile
6
Yen Mong Ward – Hoa Binh City
Mr. Thiem
52
Brick
Tile
6
Dan Ha Commune – Ky Son District – Hoa Binh Province
Mr. Thanh
12
Wood
Leaves
3.5
Mong Hoa Commune- Ky Son District – Hoa Binh Province
Mr. Bao
40
Brick
Concrete
4.5
Mr. Quan
40
Brick
Tile
5.5
Hung Son Commune – Luong Son District – Hoa Binh Province
Mr. Hung
40
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Doan
60
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Cuong
50
Brick
Tile
6
Hoa Son Commune – Luong Son District – Hoa Binh Province
Mr. Khuynh
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Sau
45
Tile
6
50
Brick
Brick
Tile
6
50
Brick
Tile
6
48
Brick
Concrete
11
Mrs. Hoa
Three appurtenances
Mr. Don
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
89
Wall
Roof
Mr. Thuong
Area
(m2)
50
Brick
Tile
Mr. Sy
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Sy
56
Brick
Concrete
11
Mr. Tue
50
Brick
6
48
Brick
Tile
Tile
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Luyen
50
Brick
Tile
6
Abandoned house
36
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Ban
100
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Moi
48
Brick
7
Mr. Hop
50
Brick
Concrete
Tile
Mrs. Nga
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mrs. Y
50
Brick
Tile
6
House + Appurtenance
Mrs. Y
120
Brick
Concrete
12
House + Appurtenance
Mrs. Bai
40
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. Hung
60
Brick
Concrete
7
House + Appurtenance
Mr. Hung
150
Wood
Leaves
8
Stilt house
Mr. Hanh
45
Brick
Concrete
5.5
House + Appurtenance
Mr. Luan
120
Leaves
8
Stilt house
Mr. Quang
50
Wood
Brick
6
House + Appurtenance
Mr. Hung
50
Brick
Tile
Tile
Mr. Thang
50
Brick
Tile
6
House + Appurtenance
Mr. Tung
50
Brick
Tile
6
Mr. My
45
Brick
Concrete
5.5
House + Appurtenance
House + Appurtenance
Mr. Hao
60
Brick
Concrete
11
House + Appurtenance
Mr. Hung
50
Brick
Tile
6
House + Appurtenance
Household
Mr. Tue
Mr. Thanh (Appurtenance)
Height
(m)
6
6
6
6
Dong Yen Commune- Quoc Oai District – Ha Noi
Brick
Abandoned house
32
Tile
6
Mr. Trung
60
Brick
Mr. Chien
15
Ms. Thu
15
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
15
Brick
Concrete
Tile
Brick
Tile
4.5
3
Fish watching
90
Wall
Roof
Chicken coop
Area
(m2)
45
Brick
pro
Farm extension
45
Brick
Tile
Household
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Height
(m)
3.5
4.5
Source: Vertical statistical
91
CHAPTER 3: ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Sources of impacts relating to
wastes in preparation phase
Preparation phase
Survey of
alignment
selection,
cleareance
Clear
mines and
explosives
Planning
Life,
economy,
society
Construction phase
Gather the
machinery
and
materials
Pollut
ed by
emissi
on
Pollute
d by
dust,
sand
Sources
of air
pollution
Noise,
vibran
cy
Health of labor and
residents; ecological
system; plants and
animals
Sewage
from
daily
life
Sources
of water
pollution
Sewage
from
constru
ction
Sources
of solid
waste
pollution
Overfl
own
rainwater
Solid
waste
from
daily
life
92
Souces of
soil
pollution
Solid
waste
from
construc
tion
Scene
Erosion
Figure 3.2:Diagram of sources of impacts relating to wastes
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Operation phase
CTNH
Sources of impacts without
relation of wastes in preparation
phase
Preparation phase
Temporary
land for
construction
Operation phase
Land
withdra
wal for
project
Lost the
agricultural
land
Economy status
of households
lost the
agricultural land
Clearance
of safety
corridor
Traffic,
infrastructure
and
technology
Electromagnetic
intense
Cut trees
along the
safety
corridor
Conditions
of the local
economy,
society
Construction phase
Stretch
line
Construction
of foundation
and piles
Build
the
piles
Weaken
the
ecology,
animals
and plants
hệ sinh
thái, động
thực vật
Health of
workers
and
residents
Figure3.2:Diagram of sources of impacts without relation to wastes
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
93
Transport
materials
and
equipment
Erosion
Gather
the
workers
Public
order,
scene
3.1. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS IN PREPARATION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASE
3.1.1. Sources of impacts relating to wastes in preparation phase
 Clear the mines and explosives before construction
In this phase, the project owner will coordinate with Ministry of Military Command in the
province and other agencies to clear the mines and explosives remaining after war.
 Gather the machinery, materials at project area
Before construction, the owner will transport and gather the machinery and materials at
the project area. The transportation of construction materials (bricks, sand, rocks, cement, iron,
steel…) will cause the pollutants (NO2, SO2, CO, VOC, THC) from fuel combustion. In addition,
the sand, stones,… may scatter during transportation if there is no control of vehicles. These
activities will obstruct the traffic and have negative impacts on the scene of project area.
3.1.2. Sources of impacts relating to wastes in construction phase
 Sources of air pollution
 Polluted by emission
Emissions of the construction phase include: emissions from vehicles, from equipment,
from backup generators.
Emissions from vehicles:
Emissions from vehicles have a great effect on the air of the project area. The vehicles
with large payload vehicles and the other equipment will release a significant number of
pollutants into the environment, such as SO2, NOx, CO, THC và Pb.
According to WHO’s statistics, 1 ton of fuel used for large trucks(3,5 - 16 tons) is
containing 64kg of SO2, 55kg of NOx, 28kg of CO, 12kg of VOC. 1 ton of diesel used for
machinery (less than 3,5 tons) is containing 64kg of SO2, 300kg of CO, 30kg of VOC, 1,35kg of
lead (Table 3.1). This amount of emissions will cause the serious air pollution.
Table 3.1: Coefficient of air pollution for trucks
SO2 NOx
CO
VOC
Pb
Means of transport
Unit (u)
kg/u kg/u kg/u
kg/u
kg/u
1000 km
4,29S 11,8
60
2,6
Automotive using diesel
Ton(s)
20S
55
28
12
1000 km
4,5S
4,5
70
7
0,31
Automotive using gasoline
Ton(s)
20S
20
300
30
35
Source: WHO, 1993.
Note: S is the content of sulfuric oil (S = 0,25%).
The automotive using diesel has the average speed of 30 km/h, the payload of 3,5-16 tons,
the average length of feeder of 6 km, and maximum of 8 hours/day. If these vehicles operate
individually, the maximum load of emissions are predicted as follow:
Table 3.2: Estimated load of air pollution
No.
Pollutants
Pollution load (kg/day)
1
SO2
0,0154
2
NOx
16,992
3
CO
86,4
4
VOC
3,744
Emissions from the machinery:
Burning the fossil fuels will release the harmful emissions: CO, SO2, NO2, THC..., which
inluences directly on the workers and the neighborhood.
Table 3.3:Amount of fuel consumption for construction machinery and equipment.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
94
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Type of equipment
Roller
Excavator
Crane
Concrete mixer
Generator
Total
Power
(HP)
Number
95
100
75
30
50
350
3
3
2
6
3
17
DO consumption per
day (liter/day)
236.55
249
124.5
149.4
124.5
883.85
Notes: 1HP= 0,7456KW
Average fuel consumption: 0,83 liter/1HP/day; 1,11 liter/1KW day
Emission factors (EFI) of the crane and excavator have the power under 450KW based on
the fuel consumption.
Table 3.4: Coefficient of pollutant emissions.
Unit: kg/liter
No. Type of equipment
CO
NOx
PM10
SO2
VOCs
-2
-2
-3
-3
1 Excavator
1,47.10
3,43.10
1,77.10
3,74.10
1,58.10-3
-2
-2
-3
-3
2 Crane
1,84.10
4,41.10
3,61.10
3,73.10
4,04.10-3
Source: Guidance data of WHO and the US Environmental protection agency about the
assessment of pollutant emissions from engines.
Table 3.5: Estimated amount of emission from equipment, machinery for construction.
Amount of emission (kg/day)
Type of
No.
equipment
CO
NOx
PM10
SO2
VOCs
1 Excavator
3.66
8.54
0.44
0.93
0.39
2 Crane
2.29
10.21
0.45
0.46
0.50
Total
5.95
18.75
0.89
1.39
0.89
The calculation reveals that the amount of emission is not large; on the other hand, the
transport activities take place during the construction period, which has a little impact.
Emission from the backup generators:
The backup generators for construction use the DO as the fuel. Combustion of fuel will
generate dust and gases, such as CO, SO2, NOx.According to the specifications of generator, the
amount of DO for running 1 generator of 150 kVA is 70kg/h. The coefficient of pollution from
generators using DO will be presented in Table 3.6:
Table 3.6: Pollution coefficient of air pollutants from burning DO
No.
Pollutants
Pollution coefficient (kg/ton of oil)
1
Dust
0,28
2
SO2
20S
3
NO2
2,84
4
CO
0,71
Source: WHO, 1993.
S is the content of sulfur in DO
According to Petrolimex, S = 0,25%
Based on the pollution coefficient and oil consumption capacity of generators, you can
estimate the number of pollutants. The calculation results are presented in Table 3.7.
Table 3.7: Estimated amount of pollution from burning DO
No.
Pollutants
Amount of pollution (g/h)
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
95
No.
Pollutants
Amount of pollution (g/h)
1
Dust
19,60
2
SO2
350,00
3
NO2
198,80
4
CO
49,70
When burning the fuel to run the generator, assuming the residual coefficient is 30% of
official rate and the temperature of emission is 120oC, the actual volume of emission generated
by burning 1 kg of oil is given by the formula:
With:
a: % Sulfur content in DO (0,25%)
b: % Nitrogen content in DO (0,2%)
c: % Hydro content in DO (22,85%)
d: % Carbon content in DO (76,7%)
T: Temperature of emission (343oK)
Vt: Volume of emission at T (with the residual coefficient of 30%)
When replacing the figures of DO contents into the formula, we got the result: Vt = 27,18
m3. Flow of emission of a generator is 2.011,32 m3/h. Therefore, the concentration of pollutants
from 3 generators will be presented in Table 3.8.
Table 3.8: The concentration of air pollutantsdue to burn DO for generators
Concentration of
QCVN 19:2009/BTNMT,
No.
Pollutants
emission (mg/m3)
Column B, Kp = 1; KV = 1
1
Dust
30,9
200
2
SO2
551,88
500
3
NO2
313,44
850
4
CO
78,36
1.000
Notes:
QCVN 19:2009/BTNMT, column B, Kp = 1,0; KV = 1,0: Technical national standards on
the industrial emissions of dust and other inorganic substances, column B is applied for new
base, Kp = 1,0 corresponding to the flow of emission less than 20.000 m3/h, KV= 0,8
corresponding to the center of city and urban of type II.
Compared with QCVN 19:2009/BTNMT, column B, the concentration of pollution from
generators is lower than the standard except SO2. However, the backup generators are used for
emergency.
 Polluted by dust and sand
Sand and dust are the source of air pollution during construction. The mainly affected
object is the workers at site and the neighborhood of project area.
Dust arises mainly during the period of excavation, filling holes, leveling and transport of
construction materials. Total amount of earthworks in the entire line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha
Noi is:
Volume of excavated soil in a hole: 452,54 m3.
Total excavated soil in a hole: 58.377,49 m3.
Volume of filled soil in a hole: 441,77 m3.
Total filled soil in a hole: 56.988,48 m3.
Thus, total residual volume of soil for filling a hole is 1389,01 m3 (equivalent with
3.680,8755 ton). If the average weight of soil is 2,65 tons/m3, total soil for filling and excavation
in the entire project is 302.038,944 tons.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
96
If the coefficient of dust pollution is 0,0075 kg/ton(3) of soil, total dust is 2265,29 kg in
the entire project.
Total foundation along the line is 129, so that the total dust caused for 1 foundation is
17.56 kg. The construction time for a foundation is about 15 days in average and the distance
among these foundations is 320 m, then total amount of dust generated in foundation construction
is 0.58 kg/day. Thus, the amount of dust generated from digging and excavating can be accepted.
 Noise and vibrancy
During construction period, noise is caused mainly by the construction machinery,
vehicles on site and the collision of machinery and metal... The noise spread in the construction
area is defined as follows:
(4)
Li = Lp - Ld - Lc(dBA)
With:
Li–Noise level at the position which is d (m) far from the calculation point.
Lp–Noise level at the source of noise (far from 1,5m).
Ld–Noise level reduced by the distance d, at the frequency i.
Ld = 20 lg [( r2/r1)1+a]
(dBA)
r1–Distance to the source of noise, corresponding to Lp (m)
r2–Distance of calculation of noise reduction, corresponding to Li (m).
a –Coefficient including the impacts of abosorbing noise of ground (a = 0).
Lc–Noise reduction through the obstacles. In the project areaLc = 0.
With the above formula, you can calculate the noise level of construction machinery with the
distance of 15m, 200m và 500m. The calculation results are presented in Table 3.9.
Table 3.9: Noise level caused by construction machinery.
Unit: dBA
Construction
Noise level – 15m
Noise level – 200m
Noise level – 500m
No.
machinery
from source of noise from source of noise from source of noise
1 Grader
93
70
63
2 Drill
87
65
57
3 Compactor
80
58
50
Concrete pile machine
4
75
53
45
1,5T
5 Concrete mixer
75
53
45
The calculation results show that the noise caused from construction machinery has impacts
on the residential area with the distance of more than 200m, but it ensures the limit in QCVN
26:2010/BTNMT. Therefore, the impacts of noise is not significant, the period of impacts are little
(only when pumping water or mixing concrete). Most foundations are far from the residential area,
has an insignificant impact; the workers are mostly affected.
o Sources of sewage pollution
 Sewage from daily life
Sewage is generated from eating, bathing, washing of workers at site. The number of
construction workers is 300 people, divided into 10 - 15 groups, each of which has 21 -27 people.
However, as we mentioned above, the workers will hire the local houses, so the amount of
sewage will be treated by the septic tank of households before being discharged into the
environment. The amount of water supply is calculated as follow:
Q = q.n/1000
(1)
(2)
Pollution coefficient set by WHO
Researching documents of Mr Nguyễn Đình Tuấn and colleagues
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
97
With:
q: Standard amount of water supply is 150L/person. Day (TCXDVN 33:2006)
n: Number of workers using water at site.
Q = (21-27 people)/group * 150L/person.day /1000 = (3,15 – 4,05 m3)/day/group.
The sewage accounts for 80% of the amount of water supply(5), which is equivalent with
120 (liters/person/day). Thus, the amount of sewage at site is 2,52 – 3,24 m3/day/group. Total
amount for 10 -15 groups (300 people) is 36 m3/day. The number and concentration of pollutants
without treatment will be presented in Table 3.10and 3.11:
Table 3.10: Amount of sewage
Water supply
Sewage
Number of
people
150 (l/person/day)
120 (l/person/day)
Foundation position
21 - 27
3,15 – 4,05 (m3/day)
2,52 – 3,24 (m3/day)
300
45 (m3/day)
36 (m3/day)
Table 3.21: Concentration of pollutants in sewage without treatment
Concentration
QCVN
No.
Pollutants
Unit
14:2008/BTNMT,
Low
Medium
High
level B
1
SS
mg/L
100
220
350
100
2
BOD5
mg/L
110
220
400
50
3
Ntotal
mg/L
20
40
85
50
4
Ptotal
mg/L
4
8
15
10
5
Oil
mg/L
2
8
30
20
6
7
7
8
8
9
6
Coliform
MPN/100mL 10 -10
10 -10
10 -10
5000
Source: Lâm Minh Triết, Nguyễn Thanh Hùng, Nguyễn Phước Dân, 2004.
The amount of sewage of each group is little (2,52 – 3,24 m3/day). Thanks to stay at the
local house, the sewage is treated by septic tanks, which makes the concentration of pollutants
lower. Therefore, the sewage of workers has little impacts on environment.
 Incurred in the construction phase
The pollution can be derived from the maintenance works, concrete mixer or equipment
and machinery washing. The main composition of pollutants in sewage is inorganic materials
such as soil, sand, cement, oil. The number of pollutants depends on many factors such as the
scope of project, the time of construction, weather conditions, worker awareness, and method of
construction technology, quality of building materials.
If the amount of waste and leakage of oil is entering into the natural flow, there will be a
great impact on the aquatic ecosystem because oil may cut the path of the air exchange - reduces
DO in water and oil enters the body of organisms in the aquatic ecosystems. Thus the amount of
oil will be a source of pollution of water quality and underground water in the area. However, this
impact is not significant due to the fact that the construction process along the line mainly
incorporates both machines and manual; thus, the waste and leakage of oil will be not large.
For the water pumping from the pit during construction phase: If this work is not done
well, it will affect the production and daily life of local people, which analyzes more detail in
thepart of erosion. Therefore, the impact of sewage on the environment is considered as a
moderate impact.
In the process of digging and wire tension, the soil can be eroded into the flow near the
construction area, increasing the turbidity of the water. However, the construction period in a
Entire line
(5)
Technique of sewage treatment – MA Lâm Vĩnh Sơn.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
98
foundation position (approximately 15 days) and the time of wire tension between 02 columns
(about 04 days) is short, so this impact is negligible.
Overflown water after rain
This kind of water is one of the sources of water pollution because they are accompanied
by contaminants such as oil, wastes, dirt, food scraps into the drainage system of the project area.
Rain water is usually considered as clean water; thus, its pollution is often insignificant. The
contractor will take measures to manage the amount of waste generated to limit the potential for
contamination of rain water.
o Sources of solid waste pollution
 Solid waste from construction
To minimize the amount of solid wastes from construction, the investor will deploy the
gathering of raw materials and classify the solid wastes. The recyclable materials (iron, steel,
container materials, fuel ...) will be collected and transport to the local treatment of solid waste to
use the remaining of construction wastes for leveling. Therefore, the impact on the environment
is negligible.
 Solid waste from daily life
There are some wastes from daily life activities of workers at site. However, because they
rent to sit the local house, the amount of waste will be collected together with household trash.
The solid waste factor is 0.4 kg of garbage/person.day(6).The number of workers on the site is 2127 people, so the amount of household waste is discharged from 8.4 to 10.8 kg/day. Composition
of waste from this source is usually easily decomposed, accounted for 70% and the rest is paper,
plastic, packaging, glass, ... Although there is a little amount of pollution, it has high potential to
pollute the air, water and underground water when it flows through the waste storage area
because of easy decomposition. Therefore, the investors need to have a plan of collection to
dispose the wastes as regulations.
Table 3.12: Amount of wastes
Wastes
Number of people
0,4 (kg/person/day)
21 - 27
8,4 – 10,8 (kg/day)
Each construction area
300
120 (kg/day)
Entire line
 Hazardous wastes
It includes: oil leakage from the operation and maintenance of construction machinery,
the oil containers and oily rags in the repair process. The estimated volume is 10 kg for each
position of construction; therefore, there are approximately 1,290 kilograms of hazardous wastes
in entire line. This waste may cause environmental pollution due to high toxic substances in each
source, so there should be a plan for collection and treatment (eg: URENCO).
 Sources of soil pollution
o Solid wastes from daily life
There is a little amount of waste generated by the construction group. They includes
mainly food scraps, packaging, cans, the amount of solid wastes is calculated in Table 3.12.
As mentioned, the wastes from daily life will be collected together with household wastes.
If the household waste is collected at the prescribed place or buried as regulated, there is no
impact on the environment. The impact of this waste on the environment is considered negligible.
o Removal of solid wastes in construction phase
(6)
Theo tiêu chuẩn của Bộ Xây dựng và một số đô thị trên thế giới.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
99
During the construction period, the solid wastes of construction generated in 01 position
include: cement bags, excess materials, wooden crates, rags ... The volume is not large, so there
is little impact on the environment.
o Soil excess after construction
Soil excess is usually used for the foundation, road compaction. The amount of soil
excess after filling the foundation is calculated to be 10,77 m3/position (equivalent with 28,5
tons/foundation position). Thus, this soil excess will be moved to the disposal of each local area.
3.1.3. Sources of impact without relation to wastes in the preparation and construction
phase
 Impacts of land acquisition
In the preparation phase, the survey of alignment selection, clearance and housing
relocation will have effects on the life, as well as economic and social environment of the local
area. In the project area, there are no cultural and historical buildings as well as the graves of
local residents. The line passes through 4 districts of 02 provinces (Hoa Binh and Ha Noi). It is
mainly across the land of rice and subsidiary crops. Many alignments are breaking the steering
angle to avoid the densely populated areas. However, it is inevitable to pass through some
households along the line.
According to Dispatch No.785/UBND-CN of People’s Committee of Hoa Binh, dated
May 19th 2008, the People's Committee approved the basic position and alignment of the 220kV
line in Hoa Binh province, established and amended by the IE.
According to Dispatch of reply (attached in the Appendix)from 14 communes in the
project area, they have agreed with the position and alignment of the 220kV line of Hòa Bình –
Western Hà Nội. The projectors have adjusted the alignment to avoid the local planning of land
use.
The alignment is selected to minimize the impacts on housing, land acquisition, assets and
infrastructures. The project will have impacts on 65 households (equivalent with 129 positions of
foundation) during the period of design and preparation.
The affected range is the permanently occupied land for foundation construction, which
may change the land use from agricultural land to industrial land. Beside that, there is the
temporarily occupied land during the construction phase. However, the land will be restored after
construction.
Plants and trees on the corridor will be cut before construction and never be restored.
When the construction starts, the plants and trees will be damaged and the agricultural land is
affected. In addition, the temporarily occupied land may have impacts on the corridor.These
houses will be repaired to meet the technical conditions, such as: the roofs and walls made of
non-flammable materials, the metal structure connected to the ground; not obstruct the entry to
check and maintenance … There is no household to resettle.
The impacts on land, plants, crops and housing are not large. Thus, the main impacts are
on the agricultural land, changing the land uses. However, there are no serious impacts on the
environment and socio-economic.
The clearance of corridor and compensation is complied with the Decree 106/2005/NĐCP of the Government, dated July 10th1999 on the safety corridor of high-voltage grid; and
Decree 81/2009/NĐ-CP to give the solutions for the line and residents, and the policies on
compensation, land clearance of TEP and WB.
The compensation is expected to start in October 2013. Total estimated cost will be
updated to ensure the principle of compensation at the replacement cost.
The affected households and buildings in the safety corridor are listed in Table 2.25: List
of households in the safety corridor.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
100
In the 220kV line of Hoa Binh-Western Ha Noi project, there are 111,5 hhectares of land
located in the safety corridor of 220kV high-voltage grid. The survey shows that most of these
areas are agricultural land. The line includes 129 positions of piles, equivalent of 129 positions of
foundation. Therefore, the entire land for 129 positions of foundation will be permanently
occupied, which has great impacts on the households who own the cultivated land because of the
loss of means of production. It may decrease their income and the amount of food supply.
However, the survey on resettlement compensation reveals that the percentage of the permanently
occupied land in total cultivated land is very small (<10%); thus, the affected households will have
adequate compensation and no significant impact on the income and daily life.
There is an impact of the temporary land occupancy on the cultivation of resident; however,
this area is quite small and temporarily occupied during construction period (about 3-6 months),
which is slightly influenced on a crop season. This occupied area will be returned after the
completion of foundation construction.
 Impacts on the ecology and forestland
This project causes the vegetation deterioration in the safety corridor to ensure the safety of
tranmission line and open the temporary road for construction. The clearance in the corridor will
directly affect the rice, orchard and the acacia/eucalyptus hills. The transport of equipment and
supplies causes damages to the plants in case of crops.
There are many trees to cut down because the line passes through the orchards, gardens
and the acacia, eucalyptus hill. The affected forest is mostly poor and planted forest (acacia,
eucalyptus and fruit trees, bamboo …); thus, there is no rare animal to be preserved. The line is
not going to cut across the nature reservation, which has no direct impact on the plant system.
However, a new line appears in the air may has a certain impact on the initial orientation of the
animals belonging to the class of birds, now this impact has not been well studied.
The corridor has no impact on the forest, nature reserve or specialized forest where there are
rare species. It only affects a certain forestland managed by the residential people. There are details
as follow:
Area of permanently affected forestland
No.
I
1
2
3
Local
Hòa Bình Province
Hòa BìnhCity
Tân Thịnh District
Hữu Nghị District
Hòa Bình Commune
Tân Hòa District
Yên Mông Commune
Kỳ Sơn Prefecture
Kỳ Sơn Town
Dân Hạ Commune
Mông Hóa Commune
Dân Hòa
Lương Sơn Prefecture
Lâm Sơn Commune
Lương Sơn Town
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Area (m2)
16885,1
5046
488
1245,2
353,6
1503,6
1455,6
4615,8
0
1718
1101
1796,8
7223,3
2481
695,8
101
No.
II
1
Local
Area (m2)
Hòa Sơn Commune
Hà Nội
Quốc Oai District
Đồng Yên Commune
Cấn Hữu Commune
Thạch Hãn Commune
Đồng Quang Commune
4046,5
1374,4
1374,4
638,4
540
196
299,3
Total
18259,5
Area of temporarily affected forestland
No.
I
1
2
3
II
1
Local
Hòa Bình Province
Hòa BìnhCity
Tân Thịnh District
Hữu Nghị District
Hòa Bình Commune
Tân Hòa District
Yên Mông Commune
Kỳ Sơn Prefecture
Kỳ Sơn Town
Dân Hạ Commune
Mông Hóa Commune
Dân Hòa
Lương Sơn Prefecture
Lâm Sơn Commune
Lương Sơn Town
Hòa Sơn Commune
Hà Nội
Quốc Oai District
Đồng Yên Commune
Cấn Hữu Commune
Thạch Hãn Commune
Đồng Quang Commune
Total
Area (m2)
751464,5
197243,4
16329
38240,6
15578,4
55559,4
71536
207741,4
2257
41829
54490,8
109164,6
346479,7
140397,4
54460,2
151622,1
2244
2244
2244
0
0
0
753708,5
Board of Management of Northern electricity project is responsible for the compensation
for the affected households by cutting trees. The compensation expenses are made by the unit
price approved by People’s Committee of Hoa Binh and Ha Noi.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
102
 Impacts on water navigation and road traffic
The transport of equipment and excavation may have impacts on the local traffic in a
short time. The transportation of construction materials is generally favourable because of the
road traffic development.
The transport conditions are favourable. The provinvial road system is relatively good.
Therefore, the material transportation will not overburden the road traffic in the local areas.
The transmission lines mainly pass through the communal roads. They cut the roads 54
times as follow:
+ 10 times of cutting the asphalt roads: at ĐĐ-G1 (in Hữu Nghị District), at G7-G8 (at the
asphalt road to Tu Lý), at G13-G14 (at the asphalt road toYên Mông Commune), at G14-G15
(across the asphalt road to the hill), at G18-G19 (1 time), at G19-G20 (1 time), at G29-G30
(across the asphalt road to the military barrack), at G35-G36 (across the asphalt road in the
campus of Forestry University and cut Ho Chi Minh one time), at the connection of the 220kV
line of Hòa Bình – Việt Trì (1 time).
+ 17 times of cutting the concrete roads: at G1-G2 (2 times), at G2-G3 (in the communal
road), at G5-G6 (1 time), at G7-G8 (across the concrete road to the mixture hill), at G10-G11 (1
time), at G22-G23 (across the concrete road to the eco-tourism of Thăng Thiên), at G30-G31(5
times of cutting the communal concrete road), at G31-G32 (1 time of cutting the concrete road),
at G34-G35 (1 time), at G35-G36 (2 times of cutting the concrete road in the campus of Forestry
University), at G36-G37 (1 time).
+ 8 times of cutting the dirt road: at G5-G6 (1 time), at G26-G27 (2 times), at G30-G31 (1
time), at G31-G32 (2 times), at G32-G33 (1 time), at G34-G35 (1 time).
+5 times of cutting the rocky road: at G30-G31 (2 times), at G31-G32 (1 time), at G33G34 (1 time), at G35-G36 (1 time).
+ 14 times of cutting other roads.
At G35-G36, which cuts the Highway 21 (Ho Chi Minh Road),the traffic density is
moderate; thus, this is the most significantly affected traffic along the line. The scaffolding will
be built to minimize the impacts on the traffic.
Impacts on the water navigation: The project have 1 time of cutting across the Da river at
G13 – G14, with the length of 1,4km from(on the hill of Yên Mông Commune) to G14 (in the
field of Kỳ Sơn). This is the area with the most significant impacts on the water navigation in the
entire project. In addition, the line also cuts Con River at G37-G38, cuts some streams: at G5-G6
(cut across the streams in Hữu Nghị District), at G8-G9 (cut across the stream in Tân Hòa
District), at G12 – G13 (cut across Thia stream in Yên Mông Commune), at G13-G14 (cut across
the canal in Dân Hạ commune), and at other canals.
It takes 3 days to stretch the transmission line through Da River. The investor will inform
to the local authorities, the agencies of water transport management on the river and the local
people before a few days. The prepartion will be performed in the previous week.
The transportation of construction materials may increase the number of vehicles and
subside the ground in the project area. This process may cause the negative impacts or accidents
without arrangement and management. The road will be degraded due to these transports. The
investors and contractors must follow the transportation plan to avoid the damages to the road
system; have some method of reducing impacts presented in Chapter 4.
 Impacts on the natural protection area, bio-diversity and historical buildings
The transmission line is designed to be far from the residential area, the natural protection
area and historical and cultural buildings, which are not affected by the project.According to the
information of the natural proctection areas and the recommendation of WB in Vietnam, Hoa
Binh and Ha Noi include 06 protected areas: Ba Vì National Park, Island lake of Da River, Ngoc
Son Reservation, Hang Kia - Pà Kò Reservation, Phú Cảnh Reservation, and Thượng Tiến
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
103
Reservation. The shortest distance between the project and these areas is more than 20km;
therefore, there is no impact on these reservations.
Figure 3.1. List of protection areas and recommendations of Hoa Binh province
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
104
Figure 3.2. Project location, the reservations and recommendations
Notes:
No. Symbol
Name of reservations
The shortest
distance
1
A
Hang Kia - Pà Kò Nature Reserve
60km
2
B
Ba Vì National Park
20km
3
D
Island Lake - Đà River Reservation
20km
4
N
Ngọc Sơn Reservation
60km
5
P
Phú Cảnh Reservation
40km
6
T
Thượng Tiến Reservation
35km
 Impacts on the rivers, streams and ditches near the construction area
That the construction of concrete foundation is located near the rivers, streams and
ditches, may cause the erosion and have negative impacts on the natural drainage in the area.
However, the position of foundation is usually far away from rivers and streams. If the
foundation position must be located near rivers and streams, there is embankment of streams and
rivers by wooden stakes to prevent from the erosion and water congestion.
 Erosion
Most of these piles are concentrated in mountainous areas; thus, the construction process
can increase the erosion due to cutting trees and opening the temporary roads. However, the
current vegetation cover in the project area is relatively good. Moreover, excavation, backfill and
ground leveling are prioritized to implement in the dry season. Therefore, the impacts of erosion
are considered small with short duration and small area affected by the project.
 Risks of fire, shocks
There is no toxic during the project period.
There is no risk of fire or shocks thanks to clear the mines before constrution.
 Economic – social problems
A large number of workers at site and the clearance for construction activities will affect
the people in project area: disturbing the normal life, the local security order, affecting the
landscape and causing the local pollution in the project area. Therefore, the investor should not
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
105
only ensure the construction progress, but also cooperate with local government to worker
management and widespread dissemination of project activities for people.
 Impacts on the ethnic minority
According to the corridor survey, there are some affected households of ethnic minorities
such as the Muong, Thai during construction period. These influences may arise from the
construction workers who may disturb the life, security and order, and the customs of the local
people. The detailed assessment of the impacts and method of reducing impacts are presented in
the plan of ethnic minority development of TEP and World Bank.
 Impacts on the environment in a corridor
The housing in the corridor will be handled in accordance with Decree No.81/2009/NĐCP dated October 12th2009 on amending and supplementing some articles in Decree
No.106/2005/NĐ-CP of Government, dated August 17th2005 on the regulations and guidelines for
some articles of Electricity Law on safety in the high-voltage grid.
According to the surveying report, the number of households in the corridor is 65
households with the structures of these houses: the metal/tile roof, wall, the tile floor or board.
In the corridor, the houses can be accepted with the following conditions:
 The roof and wall are made of non-combustible materials;
 The metal structure of the housing are connected to the ground under the provisions of the
grounding techniques;
 They do not obstruct the entry for checking, maintenance and replacement of the parts for
the high-voltage grid;
 The intense of electric field is less than or equal to 5kV/m at any point out of house; less
than or equal to 1kV/m at any point inside the house.
The houses and buidings in the corridor, which are not satisfied the above conditions,
must be modified to meet the requirements or relocated out of the corridor.
The solution is to repair these houses to meet the requirements (replace into the tale wall).
 Infrastructure
There is an interruption in road traffic at each position which the line is passing through
for at least 30 minutes.
During installation line, the middle and low voltage lines which are expected to intersect
the transmission line will be cut the power for about 3-5 days. Table 3.13 shows the statistics of
the intersection among the power lines and communication lines:
Table 3.13. List of the affected power line and communication line
No
.
Piket of Intersectio
cutting
n angle
point
(degree)
1
1+03.9
75
2
5+28.9
80
3
6+15.5
80
4
27+54.9
130
5
28+70.0
60
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
Agency of line
management
Electricity of
Bình
Electricity of
Bình
Electricity of
Bình
Electricity of
Bình
Hòa
Hòa
Hòa
Hòa
Transmission
Numbe
Structur Heigh
r of
e
t
lines
3
4
4
3
3
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Steel
Notes
8.0m
ĐDK 6kV
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
10.8m
ĐDK 35kV
27,0
ĐDK 110kV
106
No
.
Piket of Intersectio
cutting
n angle
point
(degree)
6
29+62.7
80
7
29+69.6
80
8
68+57.2
85
9
92+54.4
80
10
92+62.2
80
11
92+81.5
80
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
104+33.
7
106+42.
6
107+78.
2
167+80.
8
168+04.
8
169+53.
2
171+05.
3
332+18.
2
339+59.
8
339+95.
5
341+01.
9
348+85.
4
349+15.
4
350+88.
3
377+83.
3
378+34.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
120
150
90
60
60
75
90
70
150
80
70
70
80
Agency of line
management
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Hòa Bình Post
office
Hòa Bình Post
office
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Hòa Bình Post
office
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Hòa Bình Post
office
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Numbe
Structur Heigh
r of
e
t
lines
Notes
Concrete
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
13.5m
ĐDK 22kV
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
4.5m
TT LL
13.6m
ĐDK 6kV
16.1m
ĐDK 35kV
5.8m
TT LL
6.2m
TT LL
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
5.5m
TT LL
10.1m
ĐDK 35kV
5.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
9.3m
TBA 35/0,4kV
6.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
6.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
9.6m
ĐDK 35kV
5.0m
TT LL
6.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
4
3
4
4
cáp
3
3
1
1
4
1
3
4
4
3
4
4
3
cáp
4
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
80
Transmission
3
Steel
24.5m
ĐDK 110kV
85
Transmission
3
Steel
40m
ĐD220kV(chố
107
No
.
Piket of Intersectio
cutting
n angle
point
(degree)
Agency of line
management
Numbe
Structur Heigh
r of
e
t
lines
9
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
383+03.
6
388+25.
0
394+61.
8
397+40.
3
397+97.
2
407+90.
3
418+04.
4
421+21.
3
422+53.
9
428+62.
3
435+91.
3
436+88.
2
440+33.
8
442+43.
6
454+05.
5
455+76.
7
475+58.
7
496+88.
6
499+91.
9
502+24.
5
Notes
ng sét)
90
100
85
90
85
90
100
90
60
90
90
20
130
90
160
130
75
60
150
120
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Hòa Bình Post
office
Manual
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Hòa Bình Post
office
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Hòa Bình Post
office
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
Electricity of Hòa
Bình
4
3
3
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
1
3
3
3
3
1
3
1
3
3
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Wood
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
Concrete
6.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
10.0m
ĐDK 10kV
15m
ĐDK 35kV
12.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
7.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
5.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
7.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
3.5m
TT LL
3.0m
ĐDK 0.4kV
7.5m
ĐDK 0.4kV
4.5m
TT LL
9.1m
ĐDK 10kV
6.7m
ĐDK 10kV
8.1m
ĐDK 10kV
7.8m
ĐDK 10kV
6.5m
TT LL
11.5m
ĐDK 35kV
6.5m
TT LL
11.5m
ĐDK 35kV
6,1
ĐDK 10kV
Source: Report of project statistics
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
108
During the construction period, the number of vehicles has some impacts on the traffic
conditions. Power line is crossing both of the large and small works, Highway 21 and communal
roads.
This line is also crossed with Da River in 01 time. It is not affecting the water supply
system. However, the power line is also expected to cross power lines and communication lines
in many times. Therefore, these lines will be cut the power for about 3-5 days (in each local
area) during construction period, affecting the life of the local people.
 Impacts of the construction of temporary roads
The 220kV line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi is parallel and close to the main traffic
route, such as Highway 6, Highway 21; also cuts through the district roads and other communal
roads.
However, some sections are far from the main roads and have complex terrain; thus, the
investors must open temporary roads. This construction includes clearing the road to transport the
equipment and materials, excludes leveling, which does not significantly affect to the ecological
environment. Most temporary roads will be demolished and restored after construction... In
addition, the project area is far from the natural reservation, which does not allow the illegal
forest exploitation when the project ends.
In the design phase, the construction of temporary road is thoroughly considered to
minimize impacts on the environment.
 Gathering the construction workers
There are about 300 construction workers for the project of 220kV line. Thus, the
investors should focus on the health problems of employees, sanitation and social issues.
The major impacts are:
- The health of workers is affected by precarious accommodation, working conditions,
pollution and lack of entertainment.
- Conflicts arise between workers and the local people due to different lifestyles, habits,
interests and money...
- Spread the disease from workers to local people and vice versa. In the project area, there
are a number of infectious diseases (diarrhea, dysentery, dengue fever...). The diseases are very
popular, especially in the rainy season. Due to poor sanitary and the contact between local people
and construction workers, these infectious diseases may transmit from workers to local people
and vice versa. However, the degree of disease transmission will not high because the
construction team will be propagated and guided on the measures of disease prevention;
moreover, all communes have clinics in the project area.
- Increase risk of infectious diseases and the social diseases, such as HIV/AIDS due to the
demand of entertainment or family situations.
- Increase the pressure on the environment, infrastructure and clean water.
These effects are often temporary in the construction phase and can be minimized by
technical solutions and management. For example, taking advantages of local labor force is one
of the mandatory requirements for contractors and project owners.
3.1.4. Impacts of the risks and incidents in the preparation and construction phase
 Labor accidents
The reasons leading to the accidents are:
Workers do not comply with the rules on labor safety;
Careless for electricity;
Drop the materials in construction period;
Traffic accidents in the area.
The incident probability depends on the consciousness of complying the safety rules of
workers in each specific case.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
109
 Traffic accidents
There are high risks of traffic accidents at the intersection or at the areas where there is
high density of traffic participants.
 Fire incidents
There are high risks of fire because the construction activities take place outdoors with the
use of a large amount of diesel oil fuel, electricity, circuit ignition. Explosive incidents can cause
major damages to the property and lives of workers on the site and the neighborhood. It also
seriously pollutes the ecosystems of soil, water, air.
3.2. ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS IN THE OPERATION PHASE
3.2.1. Sources of impacts relating to the operation phase
The operation of the power line will not generate emissions and have no transport of
materials and products. The activities are mainly periodic maintenance and repair in case of
incidents. Therefore, air, waste, soil pollution and hazardous wastes are almost negligible.
The impact of solid waste:
Solid wastes are mainly arising from vegetation clearance. The board of management will
inform the local people to collect the twigs and leaves for firewood. The rest will be collected and
removed to the local landfill.
3.2.2. Sources of impacts without relation to the wastes in operation phase
 Impacts on soil functions
The permanent land acquisition for construction and the road used in the management,
maintenance, will transfer the functions of land uses from agricultural land to industrial land.
 Impacts on the ecology
During the operational, maintenance, repair phase, we cut the branches and tops of trees
which have influences on the safety corridor. The trees out of the safety corridor will be cut down
if there is a risk to fall down. The cut trees and branches will be collected at regulated places.
After construction, the local people are allowed to cultivate in the range of the safety
corridor under the Electricity Law, Decree 106/2005/ND-CP and Decree 81/2009/ND-CP to
ensure the safety in the operation.
 Impacts on the health and electricity safety
In the safety corridor, the prodution activities such as planting and breeding are taking
place as usual. It is not allowed to plant trees and build the constructions with the height of more
than 4 m:
+ In the city, the trees are not higher than the lowest wire. In the special case, there are the
technical measures to ensure the safety approved by People’s Committee. The distance from any
point of trees to the wires (at the maximum deflection) is not less than 3m.
+ In case of being out of the city, the distance from the highest point of tree to the height
of the lowest wires (at the maximum deflection) is not less than 4m.
In addition, people can accidentally or deliberately affect the safety corridor, such as the
construction of buildings within the corridor; hanging the antenna, or columns with the height of
more than 4m; planting trees with the height of more than 4m in corridors, etc ... Therefore, there
are periodic supervision, maintenance in the safety corridor to promptly detect and prevent the
violation of safety corridor.
Operation agencies and the local authorities have coordinated to propaganda for local
people in compliance with safety regulations.
If the safety regulations are not complied, it will have impacts on the health of workers
and the people.
According to the standards: "The allowable level of intensity of the electric field of
industrial frequency and the regulations on the workplace supervision “Regulations on the
allowable level of the intensity of the electric field of industrial frequency based on the working
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
110
hours in the area affected by electric field”. The allowable number of working hours is based on
the intense of electric fields as follows:
Table 3.34: Allowable number of working hours
corresponding to the intense of electric fields
Intense of
electric field
<5
5
8
10
12
15
18
20
25 > 25
(kV/m)
Allowable
number of
Unlimited
8
4,25
3
2,2 1,33
0,8
0,5
1/6
0
working hours
(hours)
Therefore, the affected area of electric fields is the space where the intense of electric
fields is more than 5kV/m. The allowable intense of electric field which have no impacts on the
health of people living under the line is less than or equal to 5 kV/m.
After calculation, the line is designed according to the current regulations of Vietnam on
the corridor and safety distance from wires to the ground; therefore, the intense of electric field is
under the allowable level and meets the requirements of WHO (< 5 kV/m). In conclusion, the
project has no impact of the electric field on the health of people.
 Impacts of intense of electromagnetic field on the health
According to the Power and life magazine in September 2007, there are impacts of intense
of electromagnetic field on the health as follow:
Heat:
The first impact of electromagnetic energy is the heat, which can lead to the transformation,
even the damages to the cells and tissues. The absorption mechanism is very complex. When
absorbing the electromagnetic energy, the overheating of the body leads to the change in pulse
frequency, pulse and capillary reaction.
Neurological disorders:
Together with the impacts of heat, the electromagnetic fields have negative impacts on the
neurological system. The impacts of electromagnetic fields express in the disorders of the central
nervous system. The subjective feelings are to increase fatigue, headaches, bad mood,
irritability...
Circulatory disorders:
The electromagnetic field causes disfunction of the cardiovascular system and metabolic
system. The long-term effects of electromagnetic fields cause angina phenomenon in the heart.
The ration of electromagnetic energy causes the changes in blood pressure, resulting in fatigue,
headaches...
Electro-static:
Along with the biological effects, the electric field also causes the appearance of the
charge between people and the metal items which have different voltage from the human body.
The exposure of the body isolated from ground to the earthed metal elements will lead to the
phenomenon of electrical transmission from the human body to the ground, which causes the
pain, especially at the beginning. Sometimes this exposure can occur discharges. In the case of
exposure to the metal long objects isolated from the ground such as piping systems, steel fence
with wooden piles... The electricity flowing through the human body can reach dangerous values
…
Other impacts:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
111
Electromagnetic fields of ultra-high frequency can cause effects on the eyes, leading to
cataracts (lens). The biological effects of electromagnetic fields on the body depend in the
oscillation frequency, intensity and duration.
The project was designed to minimize the influence of a magnetic field; thus, the whole
project does not pass through the densely populated areas. There are only 65 households affected
within the safety corridor. However, it is in compliance with the current regulations to minimize
the effects of electromagnetic fields on human health.
 Impact on radio communication systems and other lines
The affected communication systems include the communication lines which stretch near
or cross the line and the broadcasting television center. They can interfere with radio and
television, reducing the efficiency of the transmission line. However, it is in compliance with the
current regulations to minimize the effects.
 Impacts on ecology
The project owners will have regular monitoring the safety corridor to ensure the safety of
operation in the line. These activities may have a little impact on the ecology.
The route is extending 56,2 km from the west to the east, which has no impact on the wild
life and migratory birds. The statistics show that the project area is far from the nature reserve
and wild animals and there is no migratory bird. The nearest nature reserve on the route is Ba Vi
National Park, whose distance is 20km from the north of the route. There are 114 different types
of migratory birds; however, they are small and have no habits of seasonal migration. In addition,
according to the statistics in Vietnam, there is no negative impact on the migratory birds and wild
animals. Another risk is the electric shock when the birds and insects are perching on the power
line. However, it will not happen because when the birds are on the line, their body is considered
as a branch circuit with 2 parallel circuits, which makes the value of current inversely
proportional to the resistance. The resistance of birds is very large (in comparison with the
resistance of a short wire); on the other hand, the voltage between the legs of birds is negligible.
Therefore, the value of currents in the body of birds is insignificant. Electric shock occurs only
when the birds are perching on the beams, their wings or beaks are touched the wire to have the
big difference between the wire and ground. However, this case rarely happens because the
insulated bowl is longer than the size of common birds in this area.
In addition, the operation of the power line can cause the effects of electromagnetic fields
n wildlife and migratory birds. However, the statistics show that the project area is further away
from natural and animal conservation and there is no migratory bird. Besides, according to the
statistics in Vietnam, the operation of the 220kV line has not had significant negative impacts to
migratory birds and certain species of wildlife.
 Impacts on the social environment
The construction of 220kV Hoa Binh - Hanoi West will have a positive impact on society,
for example, supply and continuity of power for the western area of Hanoi, contributing to the
socio-economic development of the region and neighborhood to promptly meet the growth of the
national grid.
In addition, the project has promoted the socio-economic development, reduced the share
of agriculture and increased the share of industry and services, attracted the investors into the
local areas and increased the educational level of the people.
3.2.3. Impacts of risks and incidents in the operation phase
 Working accidents
Working accidents in the operation and maintenance phase are falling down from the high
pillars or having accident when controlling the devices due to not comply with the safety rules.
 Electric shock
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
112
This incident occurred during the operation phase, at the substation location or under the
line. The main reason is that workers do not comply with the regulations or the local people are
not aware of the safety of high-voltage transmission lines, ...
Electric shock: when the operator does not strictly comply with the safety rules of
operation and uses of electrical devices, the electric shock may occur. The influences of incident
only limit in place, directly caused to the workers. When incidents occurs, relays on the line
circuit is automatically broken.
In the design phase, safety issues are considered thoroughly. There will be no adverse
effect if the workers are complied with safety regulations as well as the electrical safety
techniques to avoid electric shock and accidents...
 Fire and lightning
There is the possibility of fire and explosion at the pole, but all are relating to technical
issues. The consequence of this explosion can cause negative effects on the quality of the air and
land environments. Thus, we need to comply with regulations on electrical safety.
Because the line and high piles have many metal devices, it is vulnerable to lightning
strikes. However, there are lightning rods with ISO in the design, which prevent from lightning
strikes. On the other hand, if the device can be damaged due to heavy rainstorms, such incidents
can happen. Therefore, Board of project management must have periodic inspection after heavy
rainstorms.
 Typhoons
Hurricanes and tropical depressions are dangerous weather phenomena, which often cause
heavy rains and strong winds. They would likely affect the infrastructure, architectural works of
the project if the design of building structure is not guaranteed.
In addition, storms and depressions also cause significant impacts on the surrounding
environment. For example, a hurricane would entrained solid objects, a heavy rain will sweep
away impurities and wastes scattered on the ground, which affects the water quality in the region.
The project area is located in the humid tropical monsoon climates. The outstanding
features include the high temperature, high humidity and little change during the year. The
variation of annual rainfall is large and in relation with lightning. There are moderate wind speed.
Thunderstorms appears in the rainy season, causing the large wind speeds.
Therefore, the design of construction should be solid to suffer the impacts of storms. The
lightning protection system is installed in accordance with the technical standards of Ministry of
Construction.
 Impacts of climate changes
The project area is located mainly in high mountainous terrain where there is no flood;
thus, the climate change in this area can cause heavy rains but flood and do not affect the
operation of the power line.
In addition, the topographic survey for technical design of the power line show that there
is no possibility of flooding in the foundation position.
 Falling down the pylon
The pylons can be dumped by lightning, storm, weak foundation or subsidence in
riverbank (at G13 - G14: Span of Da River).
 Aviation incidents
Risk of accident can happen if there is no precaution, causing the huge economic and
human losses.
 Subsidence
The subsidence of works can occur due to:
- Flaws in the foundation improvement;
- Corrosion of foundations;
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
113
- Subsidence.
The construction survey has been completed before construction. The geological conditions
are quite good; the soil has great capacity of bearing.
The design and construction are complied with the standards and technical regulations.
There is no subsidence in the current line. Therefore, the possibility of subsidence is very low.
3.3. TARGET AND SCOPE AFFECTED BY PROJECT
3.3.1. Impacts on the natural environment
 Impacts on the air
The air quality in the local area has been changed due to the dust and emissions from
earthworks activities, the flow of vehicles in the construction phase. The negative impacts on
people, animals, properties and infrastructure depend on their air concentrations, duration and
characteristics of the microclimate in the area. The impact of the pollutants in the air are
evaluated as follows:
Dust
Dust is the main factor for the difficulties in the operation of the lungs and respiratory
diseases. In addition, the dust caused the pollution due to suspended particles and aerosols form
absorbed and diffused into the sunlight, which reduces the transparency of the atmosphere, This
pollution is the most serious problem of air pollution in urban, reducing crop yields and causing
danger to road traffice.
CO
CO is a colorless, odorless, tasteless gas, produced by the incomplete combustion of fuels
containing carbon. CO is dangerous due to the affinity of CO with hemoglobin, which is 200
times higher than oxygen, obstructing the flow of oxygen from the blood to the tissues. At a
concentration of about 5 ppm , CO can cause headaches and dizziness. At concentrations from
10ppm to 250ppm, CO can cause damages to the heart, even fatal . The exposure to CO in the
long run makes people pale and emaciated.
NO2
NO2 is reddish-brown gas with the bitter and spicy smell. NO2 strongly stimulates the
respiratory and neurological effects, destroys lung tissue and causes sore throat. At 100 ppm
concentrations, NO2 can cause the fatal to humans and animals after an exposure period. The
long-term exposure to NO2 (about 0.06 ppm) can cause serious lung diseases.
In addition, NO2 also forms of optical smoke, dyes colorfast fabrics, make the metal rusty,
produces the nitrate molecules to increase the accumulation of particles in the air.
SO2
SO2 is a colorless and non-flammable gas with pungent taste. Due to the photochemical
processes, SO2 is easily catalyzed by oxidation and converted into SO3 in the atmosphere. SO2
and SO3 are referred to SOx, which is the type of toxic gas not only for the health of human,
plants and animals, but also having impacts on construction materials, architectural works.
Most people living with high concentrations of SOx have the respiratory diseases. SOx is
oxidized in air and reacts with water to form H2SO4 or the salt of SO42- , which causes the acid
rain phenomenon and adversely affecting the growth of plant.
Noise and vibrancy
Noise and vibrancy pollution can have direct impacts on the health of workers. Noise and
vibrancy directly affect human hearing, which reduces labor efficiency and reflectivity of
workers. If noise intensity is high, it can cause injury to a worker's hearing.
Vehicles, equipment and machinery used on construction sites have high noise and
vibrancy. This is the inevitable source of pollution of any buildings. To reduce noise and
vibrancy, the investors will apply the appropriate measures on the site.
 Impacts on water
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
114
Sewage from the employees
The sewage naturally contains the organic substances, suspended solids, pathogenic
microorganisms. The sewage may cause pollution of surface and ground water in the area if it is
not collected and disposed appropriately. However, the workers will rent houses near the
construction area to minimize the impacts on the environment.
In terms of hygiene and health, the excreta is defined as feces and urine. Many infectious
diseases spread through feces and urine, from patients to healthy individuals. Feces is the
environment which spreads and disperses the common diseases. Organic substances of faeces and
urine can be assessed through the indicators BOD5 or similar indicators (COD or TOC). Urine
has about 8.6g/L of BOD5 and feces has 9.6g/100g of BOD5. Thus, if faeces and urine are
discharged directly into the soil, they will be significant sources of pollution to soil and water
environment in the project area.
Four groups of pathogenic bacteria in the excreta are viruses, bacteria , protozoa and
helminths. Moreover, the excreta (faeces and urine) is also the environment for organisms to
develop diseases, such as flies, mosquitoes, rats, cockroaches and causing the stench. One gram
of feces can contain 109 viruses. Although they cannot reproduce outside the host, these viruses
can survive in the external environment for several weeks, especially at low temperatures (<
150C). Sewage can contain 105 viruses/L. Thus, if the excreta is discharged from the temporary
housing of workers, the viruses will have enough time to transmit the disease when exposed to
people and spread the disease. The pathogenic viruses in the feces can be listed as Adenovirus
(many types of diseases), poliovirus (polio and other diseases), echovirus (many types of
diseases), Coxsackie (many diseases), Hepatitis A virus (disease hepatitis A) and rotavirus
(diarrhea).
Rainwater
The flow of rainwater depends on the climate regime in the local area. The amount of
water has high concentration of suspended solids and may be contaminated with impurities such
as oil and construction materials. However, the level of contaminants from water is low and
cannot be collected and processed during the construction phase. Therefore, we should manage
generated wastes, avoid spreading oil and other wastes in the construction area.
 Impacts on the soil functions
The permanent acquisition of land will transform the soil function from agricultural land
to industrial land.
 Impacts on the regional ecology
Project of the 220kV line of Hoa Binh – Western Hanoi has no impact on natural areas
which should be protected or wild environment.
3.3.2. Impacts on public health
The project activities directly affect the health of workers because of the emissions, dust,
noise arising from machinery, equipment and transport vehicles. In the operation phase, the
project will not cause significant impacts on the environment; thus, it will not adversely affect the
environmental quality. In addition, the electromagnetic problem has been overcome by the design
measures to minimize the impacts on human health.
3.3.3. The interactions among the projects
The construction of the line of Hoa Binh – Ha Noi is deployed consistently with the new
construction of 220kV substation in Western Hanoi and the 220kV line of Hoa Binh - West Ha
Noi to supply electricity to Hanoi and the surrounding areas.
The project will contribute to strengthen the national electricity system and enhance the
safety for the load in order to meet the growing demand of electrification and industrial
development of the province and the nation. In addition, while conducting a project, there are the
environmental management and control of construction progress performed by the contractors,
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
115
board of project management and local government . Therefore, the impacts on the environment
and people in the project area are substantially reduced.
3.4. COMMENTS ON CONTENTS AND RELIABILITY OF ASSESSMENT
To assess the environmental impacts, the report has used many different methods to
identify, analyze and forecast the environmental impacts of the project .
- Sampling method and analysis:
+ There is high reliability in the electromagnetic field monitoring, because the measurement
units is Laboratory of High Pressure - Institute for Energy, which has over 30 fields of studying,
testing and counsulting in the high voltage and electrical engineering.
+ There is high reliability in the monitoring and analysis of water, air, soil and ecological
environmente because the agency of sampling and analysis is the Chemistry Laboratory professional management and environmental analysis at the Institute of Chemical-Biological
Engineering and Professional documents - Ministry of Public Security; the laboratory with
specialized skills and modern machinery has been certified Vilas.
- Fieldwork methodology is used in the report in order to capture information quickly and
accurately. However, it is qualitative rather than quantitative. It helps us know information of
measurement, monitoring and observation. This method is used in Chapter 1, 2, 3 for the
qualitative information.
- Methods of listing aims to record the potential effects to have an overview of the entire
project: which factors are mainly affecting the environment, whether to impact for a long-term or
not, and how to minimize. Since then, the investors make decisions whether to implement the
project or not. Method of listing are generally unambiguous. This method can give the good basis
for decisions for the analyst who knows the development activities, the natural and social
conditions. However, this approach contains many elements of the subjective assessment and
depends on the conventional sentiments about the importance and the level for each parameter.
- Method of rapid asseement:
+ This method uses the documents of World Health Organization (WHO) issued in 1993
and applied to calculate the amount of waste. This method has moderate reliability. In this report,
the rapid assessment method is used in Chapter 3 to calculate the amount of emission, pollution,
and the amount of waste generated in an extent in order to offer the appropriate measures.
However, when applied in Vietnam, the coefficient is not consistent with the actual situation .
+ Rapid assessment method uses the documents of Ministry of Construction, ISO, and other
research resources in countries with moderate confidence (higher than these of WHO). In the
report, the method is applied to calculate the load of sewages and solid waste from daily activities
of workers as well as the project activities in order to have the appropriate treatment and method
of reducing impacts. This method is suitable for the actual situation and conditions in Vietnam.
- Methods of listing has high reliability because of using the meteorological, hydrological,
geological, topographical documents which are implemented at site by the specialized
professionals, combined with multiple sources of data by specialized agencies such as Center of
Hydro-Meteorological data - National Center for Hydro-Meteorological for synthesis and
analysis, evaluation of different methods. However, these figures are only statistical and
forecastable ; thus, they cannot assess all impacts of the project.
- Difficulties and errors in assessing:
+ Report has identified most of the probable impacts of the project and assess the impacts
and scope of each impact. However, these are only predicted impacts and some other impacts
which are inappreciate for the scale and load;
+ Despite the high reliability of assessment methods and tools applied in this report, there
are still some difficulties: some calculations which do not take into account other factors are not
performed accurately.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
116
However, the overall results of the assessment and prediction of impacts of the project are
comprehensive and reliable.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
117
CHAPTER 4: METHODS TO PREVENT, MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND
HANDLE THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS
4.1. METHODS TO PREVENT, MINIMIZE NEGATIVE IMPACTS
4.1.1. Minimize the impacts in the preparation phase
4.1.1.1. Minimize the impacts in the period of design and alignment selection
a) Develop the safety corridor
To minimize the negative impacts on transmission lines and the objects under the line, the
project has built the safety corridor of power line as prescribed.
The safety corridor is determined according to Decree 106/2005/ND-CP and Decree
81/2009/ND-CP on the guideline of Electricity Law to protect the safety of the high-voltage grid
project .... ; The safe distance of discharge at a voltage regulatedin the provisions of Clause 4,
Article 51 of the Electricity Law is the minimum distance from the electrical wires to the nearest
point of the equipment, tools and working facilities in the corridor. This distance is defined as 6.0
m.
Advantages of method of reducing impacts: Because the piles are located on the hill, the
line is within the safety corridor.
Disadvantage: It is hard to manage the safety corridor because the project passes through
manu areas .
Feasibility: High, because the project areas can be identified accurately.
Plants and houses in and out of the range of safety corridor, which may impact on the
safety of the line are regulated as follow:
 For trees and crops:
In the range of safety corridor:
According to Article 5 of Decree 106/2005/NĐ-CP, it is at least 0,5m from the edge of
poles to plant trees and crops. The other plants can be planted in the safety corridor, but the
distance from the highest point of trees and the lowest height of wires in the 220kV line (at the
maximum deflection) is not less than the following distance:
+ In the city, the trees are not higher than the lowest wires. In the special cases, there will
be technical measures to ensure the safety and be accepted by People’s Committee. The distance
from any point on the trees to the wires (at the maximum deflection) is not less than 3m.
+ In case of being outside the city, the distance from the highest point on the tree to the
height of the lowest wire (at maximum deflection) ia not less than 4m.
Out of the range of safety corridor:
The distance from any part of fallen trees to any part of line is not less than 1,0m.
We must cut the tops of trees which are rapidly developing in short term, and prohibit to
plant more.
It is at least 0,5m from the edge of poles to plant rice, vegetables and crops.
A number of trees with high economic value, such as eucalyptus, acacia, ... have the
height higher than the allowed maximum; thus, they are affecting the safety of the line.
According to the above provisions, people are not allowed to plant more, which could affect the
economy of the local people. However, each column has a different height of hanging wires and
wire deflection; thus, the managers will coordinate with local people to determine the suitable
crops.
 For housing and buildings
The houses and buildings will be allowed to remain in the corridor if they are satisfied the
safety conditions in Paragraph 4 of the Article 1- Decree 81/2009/NĐ-CP dated October
12th2009 on amending and supplementing some articles of Decree No.106/2005/NĐ-CP
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
118
datedAugust 17th2005. The roof and mental structure will be connected to the ground as
regulated.
b) Alignment selection
The project has researched, designed different scenarios, then assess the optimal method
to minimize the loss of trees, housing, land, forests, the buildings, infrastructure, ... and followed
the palnning of socio-economic development in the local areas.
The technical solutionsensure the specialized Code (11TCN - 19-2006) and comply with
Decree 106/2005/ND-CP and Decree 81/2009/ND-CP to offer the safety solution for both the line
and residents.
As discussed in Chapter 1, the chosen plan is accepted by the local area (People's
Committee of Hoa Binh and Hanoi); there is 01 times across Da River, the major terrain is the
hills and paddy fields and the line is parallel to the existing power line.
4.1.1.2. Minimize the impacts of the temporary or permanent occupation of land
- Research the construction site of the power line, consult the local authorities to select the
location of project;
- Disclosure the area of temporarily and permanently occupied land to the affected
households;
- Have an adequate compensation for the affected households.
- Plan the implementation of project after the harvest to avoid the damages to crops for
local people;
- In case the land is temporarily occupied for foundation construction (in 3-6 months), the
investors will have adequate compensation to the households. In addition, the construction
will ensure not to affect the soil quality and return the initial state of this land after
foundation construction.
Advantages: Minimize the potential impacts of permanent land acquisition for the
foundation position.
Disadvantges:Not minimize the impact of temporary land acquisitionbecause of not
determining the location of temporarily occupied land.
Feasibility: Medium, because of entirely minimizing the impacts.
4.1.1.3. Minimize the loss of land, trees, crops of the local people
- Choose the line to minimize the resettlement (The consultant unit is responsible for this
works);
- Select the appropriate position for foundation to minimize the impacts on the land and
farms of the local people. The positions are arranged reasonably, so that the people can
use the remaining land;
- Clear by manual methods to minimize impacts on the trees outside the area;
- Cut the trees within the safety corridor;
- Not design the power poles based on the fish pond;
- Have an adequate compensation for occupied land.
Advantages: Limit the impact on the works, trees and crops.
Disadvantages: Cut down some trees and crops in the process of land acquisition and
safety corridor.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.1.4. Minimize the loss of historic and cultural heritage
During construction or excavation, if there are historic or cultural heritages, the
contractors and project owners will immediately report to Department of Culture and
Informationin the local area (Department of Culture and Information of Hoa Binh and Hanoi) to
find the solutions. There will be a specific plan in each emergency situation in case of finding
cultural/historical heritages.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
119
Advantages: Detect and limit the impacts on the historic and cultural heritages.
Disadvantages: Impact on the progress of construction.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.1.5. Compensation and resettlement for households in the cleareance range
Before construction, the authorities of Hoa Binh, Hanoi (through the Department of Trade
and Industry) will establish a section to direct the implementation, and coordinate with DPC (Hoa
Binh, Luong Son district, Ky Son district, Quoc Oai district) in order to organize the clearance
and support the compensation for the affected households. Investors commit to have adequate
compensation to support the local people in accordance with law.
To minimize the impact on the economy and people's incomes, the project has researched,
designed, evaluated to minimize the influences. There should be a disclosure of the specific area
of the temporarily and permanently occupied land to the affected households. The investors have
a plan to implement projects after the harvest of rice and crops to prevent from damages to
farmers. Investors report the plans of compensation, resettlement to the affected households in
order to quickly stabilize their life and production.
The cleareance of a corridor and compensation, relocation are complied with the Decree
106/2005 / ND - CP of the Government dated August 17th 2005 on the regulations of safe
corridors to protect high voltage grid and Decree 81/2009/ND-CP dated October 12th 2009 on
amending and supplementing a number of articles of Decree No. 106/2005/ND-CP dated August
17th 2005.
Advantages: Reduce the impacts on the life of the affected households.
Disadvantages: If the clearance is delayed, the overall progress of the project will be
affected.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.2. Minimize the impacts in the construction phase
4.1.2.1. Minimize the impacts of air pollution
 Dust
The execution time should be arranged favourably. Residual soil after construction will be
quickly transported to the specified place to avoid traffic jams and reduce the amount of dust
released into the atmosphere. In addition, if there is any spillage affecting general hygiene during
construction period, construction teams will collect and clean the street;
In dry season or when the concentration of dust in the air may be higher than the standard,
it is necessary to water every day or periodically at the construction site of earthworks, the area of
construction materials and on the route;
Cover the dug soil and the area of construction materials to limit the wind dispersal of
dust into the air;
Separate the construction area with surrounding by the bulkhead (roofing, ... );
Store the materials to prevent from wind erosion and the reserved position will be
considered the command direction of wind.
Cover the vehicles transporting the sediment and soil to avoid the spillage of materials,
causing the pollution along the road. In addition, the plan of excavation and transportation, the
selection of appropriate ways and means of transport also contribute significantly to reduce the
dust pollution during construction;
Wash the machinery and equipment after work to avoid causing the mud when
transporting to other areas, causing the dust pollution;
In addition, to protect the health of workers, they need the masks to prevent from dust
Advantages: Reduce the impacts of dust on the local people and workers at site.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
120
Feasibility: High.
 Emissions
Emissions are released mainly from the transport vehicles for construction. Thus, the
machinery and equipment and vehicles should be licensed by the registry office before operation.
Use the construction machinery which is in the period of maintenance and checked the
safety.
Use the diesel 0.05 % S for machinery and transport vehicles.
The vehicle does not carry over the load specified by the manufacturer;
Limit the use of the old car to reduce the degree of air pollution because the old vehicles
often release the emissions exceed permitted standards;
Regular inspection and maintenance of motor vehicles;
For transportation of alarge amount of material and fuel, there will be a plan and
organizational measures to avoid congestion caused air pollution;
The transport vehicles stop running whenr loading or unloading materials.
Advantages: Reduce the impacts of emissions from the machinery on the people and
workers at site. The construction areas are often far from residential areas to minimize the
impacts.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility : High.
 Noise and vibrancy
The most effective method to reduce the impacts of noise on the health is arranging the
construction period favourably. Most foundation positions are located on the hill and far away
from the residential areas, so the impacts of noise and vibrancy will be greatly reduced. However
, there are measures to minimize the impact of noise and vibrancy during construction period.
The activities making much noise as concrete mixers, compressors, digging ... will be done
during the day. Other activities if necessary will not occur at night to avoid the noise around
residential areas. There are the following measures:
 Use the vehicles with the lowest level of noise;
 Arrange the appropriate works chedules: not use the mechanical devices with the large
level of noise at noon or in the evening; avoid the noise of many machines causing the
cumulative impacts.
 Regulate the speed of the car , operate machinery in the construction and residential areas;
 Regular maintenance and inspection of transport vehicles to ensure the environmental
standards as prescribed. Avoid using the old vehicles, machinery making huge noise;
 Prepare the equipment of noise prevention for the workers, such as ear plugs, and force to
wear during construction period;
 Check the machinery balance in the installation period, check the wearing-out and have
regular lubrication for the machinery;
 The machinery and equipment of variation will be isolated to avoid the noise
transmission. If that is not done by the original design or by the operation principles of the
machine, the foundation will be designed separately to reduce vibrancy of machines
affecting to the surrounding buildings;
 Ensure means of transportation to run at a reseanable capacity and transport at regulated
tonnage.
Advantages: Reduce the impact of noise and vibrancy from the machinery on the people
and workers on site. The construction area is often far from residential areas to greatly minimize
the impacts.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
121
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.2.2. Minimize the water pollution
 Sewage from daily life
As mentioned in Chapter 3, the amount of sewage generated by the life activities is
approximately 2.52-3.24 m3/day/group. The workers will rent houses in the local areas, then the
amount of sewage will be treated by septic tanks of households before being discharged into the
environment.
Advantages: Reduce the impacts of sewage from daily life on the environment.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility: Medium.
 Sewage from construction
As discussed in Chapter 3, the amount of sewage from construction is negligible.
However, to minimize the impacts on the environment, the investors must require the contractors
to:
- Utilize the water sources for maintenance.
- Save the water from mixing concrete.
- Avoid the oil leakage during construction period. The oily rag and oil from machinery
will be handled by the functional units (Eg: URENCO) in order to collect and process as
current regulations. In addition, the investors will require the contractors to use the highquality machinery and equipment to minimize the environment pollution.
Advantages: Minimize the impact of sewage from construction on the environment.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility: Medium.
 Rainwater
To minimize the impacts of overflowing rainwater, the investors must require the
contractors to:
Arrange the construction in dry season; avoid the construction of rolling each work
Not gather the materials near the drainage system to avoid the soil spillage, reducing the
drainage capacity and construction progress.
Regularly inspect, dredge to prevent construction wastes from entering the drainage
system.
Collect and handle the amount of solid wastes from daily activities.
Handle the dug soil to avoid being swept in the rainy season.
Pay attention to the drainage lines in the project area and construct the temporary drains to
avoid the water backlog.
Clean the construction site; ensure the water quality after construction
Design the drainage suitable to protect the foundation and avoid the erosion. There should
be a system of water collection and deposition to avoid polluting the soil and water environment
in the neighborhood.
Advantages: Rainwater is not polluted water, mitigation measures will limit the spreas of
pollutants into the environment.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility: Medium.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
122
4.1.2.3. Method of collection and treatment of solid wastes
 Solid wastes from daily life
Solid wastes from daily life are mainly organic compounds (vegetables, leftovers, ...),
food packaging with non-toxic components, little amount and easy disintegration. During
construction, the amount of waste generated from workers living in local house will be collected
along with household wastes. At the construction area far from the residential areas, we should
dig pits for solid wastes and bury after construction.
In addition, a number of measures to reduce wastes caused by workers as follows:
- Before construction, the contractors must prepare procedures of waste control (storage,
supply tank, plan of cleaning the site, plans of unloading the crates, etc.) and follow them
in the construction activities.
- Establish the rules of order, hygiene and environmental protection for workers in order to
raise their awareness of environmental protection.
- Training for worker regulations and measures of environmental protection in the
construction preriod.
- Treat the wastes in the regulated places. The contractors must provide the trash and
temporary area of waste storage in all construction areas.
- The waste can be temporarily stored in designated areas approved by the Construction
Supervision Consultant and the local authorities before being collected and processed
through the waste collection unit (registered license), for example URENCO.
- The waste storage container is covered, leak-proof to be against the effects of weather.
- Bury and discard the wastes instead of burning.
- Collect the recyclable material, such as wood panels, steel, scaffolding materials,
packaging, etc ... to separate from other waste sources for reusing.
- If it is not removed from the construction area, solid waste is processed in a defined
area approved by the Technical Advisory and included in the waste management plan.
In all cases, the contractor will handle all materials in sensitive areas of the
environment, as in the natural biosphere, or in the areas near water.
Advantages: These measures would reduce most impacts of solid wastes on the
environment.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility: High.
 Solid wastes from construction
Solid wastes in the construction phase are mainly soil, sand, concrete, the broken
electrical equipment and wire. They can be collected and sold to functional units (eg URENCO),
or transport the amount of excavated soil, debris to the dump. In fact, there is a few differences in
the amount of excavated soil and the filled soil for foundations in the construction area.
Furthermore, the amount of residual soil will be ultilized for ground leveling and cause no
environmental impacts of soil.
Advantages: These measures reduce most impacts of solid wastes from construction on
the environment.
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for some methods to be implemented.
Feasibility: High.
 Hazardous solid wastes
Hazardous wastes generated on site are mainly viscous oil discharged from the
maintenance of machinery, equipment, oily rags, paint cans, boxes, which are managed strictly
from the stage of collection properly handled according to the regulations for hazardous waste
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
123
management. Waste is removed from the site and treated according to Circular 12/2011/TTBTNMT of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment, dated April 14th 2011 on the
regulations of hazardous waste management. The investor will sign a contract with functional
units (eg URENCO) for collection and disposal of hazardous wastes.
Advantages: These measures will minimize the impacts of the most hazardous solid
wastes on the environment .
Disadvantages: The project areas include many positions (129 positions of foundation), it
is difficult for the hazardous waste to be controlled. However , the operators of power line are
trained for collection of waste.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.2.4. Minimize the soil pollution
 Type of soil pollution
Soil environment is affected by sewage, rainwater and solid wastes indiscriminately
discharged on the site and penetrated into the soil. Therefore, the methods of minimizing the
impacts of soil pollution are to avoid the overflown rainwater and sewage with the temporary
drainage system and to collect, classify and restore separatedly the solid wastes to prevent from
leaking into the land.
 Land uses
In addition, the following methods are applied to limit the land uses:
Select the alignment to minimize the construction cost and occupied land.
Avoid the important places (cultural and social buildings, …), avoid the residential area
by steering angle to reduce the construction delay and effects on the land uses of the local people.
Foundation is designed to occupy the smallest area
Adjust the distance among the power lines to avoid the impact of the foundation.
 Avoid the subsidence
In case of construction near the river, there are methods to avoid the subsidence;
- Make the dike, percussion erosion, landslide .
- Reinforced with wooden stakes when building foundations near rivers;
- The excavation and backfill should be taken in the dry season .
- Restore the ground after pylon construction.
- In terms of soil erosion, the impact is considered small because the small scale of the
operation, short duration of the affected area. In case of damages to degrade the road , the
contractor will be responsible for repair and restorage of the road surface.
Advantages: These measures will minimize the negative environmental impact of land
around the construction site .
Disadvantages: The construction area is placed on hills and slopes, which may cause the
erosion and pollutants in soil environment.
Feasibility: Average.
4.1.2.5. Minimize the impacts on ecology
- Use a manual method to clear plants, avoid using herbicides.
- Coordinate with local residents to minimize the impact on the trees, crops and buildings
in the project areas.
- Focus on landfill waste. It is strictly prohibited to burn after cutting down trees .
- Restore the flora in the corridor with the suitable ecological and safety regulations grid
after the clearing of vegetation.
- Choose the time of construction to avoid damage to crops (construction in harvest time).
- The construction of temporary roads (if any) in the construction process has been
considered in the design phase. The following principles to minimize cutting down trees
includes:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
124
 Identification and selection of temporary roads to minimize the influences on natural
ecosystem.
 Use the existing roads if possible.
 Negotiate with the local authorities.
 Clean the ground and restore the damages.
 Compensate to the affected households.
 The temporary roads will be demolished and restored after construction.
- Advantages: These measures would reduce adverse impacts on the ecosystem. Most
ecosystems have no rare plants and animals.
- Disadvantages: The construction slightly affect the regional ecosystem.
- Feasibility: High.
4.1.2.6. Method of minimizezing impacts on the socio-economic issues
To minimize the impact on the economic life of the local people, there is the
compensation to support the affected households as the compensation policy of Vietnam and
World Bank policies. Moreover, there are some notes in the construction:
+ Avoid construction at the harvest season .
+ Strictly prohibited construction workers to violate crops and property of the local people.
+ Fast execution to finish each item to minimize land acquisition. Make the right progress,
prepare the labor and machinery to support the construction.
+ Productive land which is temporarily occupied for construction will be cleared for
reimbursement to cultivate in limited extent in order to ensure the safe operation of high-voltage
grid.
+ Temporary roads is primarily used for the transportation of raw materials. The
contractors will negotiate with the local authority ( CPCs ) to remain or restore these roads.
+ Propose the local authorities to support the affected households to have stable
employment.
In addition, the compensation and resettlement are presented in the Report of compensation and
resettlement and the Report of ethnic minority development according to the policies of TEP and
World Bank.
 Minimize the impacts on ethnic minority:
The methods of minimizing the impacts on ethnic minority will be complied with the
policies of TEP and WB. Particularly, it is necessary to organize a training course for the local
people, especially the ethnic minority in order to enhance the understanding of project and
basic knowledge about the high-voltage grid safety. In addition, the construction workers are
educated to have no effect on the daily life and customs, tradition of different peoples (Muong,
Thai) in construction area. PMB will have adequate compensation to the households which are
directly affected by the project (loss of cultivated land, temporary occupancy of land) according
to the current policies of Vietnam and WB. The details of ethnic minority development plan
will be presented in the Report of EMDP.
Advantages: : These measures will minimize the adverse impacts on economic - social
conditions.
Disadvantages: If the measures are not done well, the economic - social conditions will be
affected negatively.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.2.7. Safety methods
 Methods of work safety
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
125
At the construction site, Board of project management must appoint the staff to supervise
the safety issues. The training program on safety for workers and officiers are regularly held. The
following specific measures will be implemented:
- Construction area will be isolated by fencing and signs of the area's construction site and
only allow the entry of the relating people.
- There is the drainage system guaranteed in the construction area. Do not leave standing
water on the surface of the construction site and not to rain water , wastewater into the
surrounding buildings.
- The pits will be sealed or barrier certainly to ensure travel safety.
For fire safety, there should be the fire-fighting tools and materials on the site, such as
sand, CO2 bottle, shovel… Table of fire-fighting regulations and rules is attached.
Advantages: Reduce the risk of work accidents.
Disadvantages: The project passes through many areas (129 foundations), making it
difficult to control.
Feasibility: High
 Safety method of construction
- Before piling, we should prepare for:
+ - Prior to pile should proceed with the preparation of the following:
+ Research of geological and hydrogeology conditions, thickness and mechanical
characteristics (investigated in the Invesment plan);
+ Exploring the possibility of underground obstacles to remove, the presence of
underground and neighboring buildings to take measures to minimize adverse effects on them. If
you do not have a record of the existing neighboring and underground buildings, the contractors
will require the investors to conduct survey work, mapping, documentation to the owners of
adjacent buildings.
+ Consideration of urban environment (noise and vibrancy) according to environmental
standards of construction near the residential areas.
- Transport, storage and piling will comply with the measures against damages.
- Comply with the safety measures in the construction preriod.
 Safety methods of building the piles, mounting bars, porcelain, wire spreading and
setting of other accessories
Machinery and equipment will be checked periodically before operation.
Before spreading the line through the roads, the Board of prject management will inform
the competent authorities to coordinate the temporary suspension of traffic.
Before working on high position, the labor safety instruments, seatbelts are checked
carefully.
When spreading wire through another transmission line, the contractors will have a
detailed plan and notify the authorities.
Install the electrical equipment and materials to avoid scratches and damages as the
principles of equipment and materials.
Experiments will be conducted in accordance with the regulations for each type of
equipment and materials.
The equipment , construction equipment will be thoroughly checked for quality and
quantity before using. The investors will appoint a specialist to monitor the environmental safety.
Workers are not allowed to work on a high position in the dark, foggy, rainy,... conditions
Workers must comply labor disciplines, safety rules and regulations on labor safety
(helmet, gloves, ... ).
Workers must wear helmets and stand away from dangerous positions .
All workers will have health checks to ensure health standards for work at high position.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
126
 Safety in the installation phase
Use the manual methods of earthworks instead of the explosive solution.
When using electric hand tools or pneumatic operation,workers must stand on the shelves
to ensure the safety.
When the car moves under the power lines in operation , the distance from the highest
point to the lowest point of the car is smaller than the standards of electricity.
The steel structure of large size will be reinforced by the temporary bracing device.
Assure the safe distance with wires.
Strictly comply with the rules of safe installation of electrical equipment . The workers
installing electrical equipment are trained in safety regulations on transportation and installation
of electrical equipment.
Use specialized tools to anchor, do not use steel wires.
Before you close the power to test grid and electrical equipment, all related works are
stopped.
Installing overhead structures to comply with safety rules on clothes and belt cover.
When fire incidents occur due to electrical problems, we report to cut power at first, then
follow the normal procedures of fire-fighting.
Set up the warning signs at the dangerous places (pole, ... ) .
Set up the warning signs at the dangerous places.
All the columns are installed lightning arresters.
 Health protection for the residents
The protection of the health of workers and residents during construction shall comply with
the specific provisions of the health measures, food hygiene and construction sector.
During the construction process will affect the circulation of vehicles, causing traffic
jams, traffic congestion, potential traffic accidents. To ensure the safety of residential area, the
following measures should be taken:
- Limit infringement of populated area, need to identify suitable camp;
- Well organize the construction process to minimize the adverse impacts on the social
environment caused by construction;
- The project should be planned and construction methods not for material handling
vehicles operate during peak hours;
- In the implementation process, workers should adhere to the prescribed measures to
ensure the safety of workers and the surrounding communities.
- To prevent the effects of electromagnetic fields on the health of local people when the
project goes into operation, all the households within the safety corridor if not ensure the
requirements of project is located in safety corridor will be relocated under the provisions of the
Electricity Law.
 Local security order
To minimize the negative impact on the socio-economic environment while focusing a
large amount of workers in the construction sector , need to apply the following measures:
- Streamline the process of construction, arrangement and distribution of work so that the
density of workers at the site is minimal;
- Use maximum workforce locally;
- Hiring local people perform tasks not requiring expertise to avoid high concentration of
construction workers (eg: excavation, stone pit, cutting trees, ... ) .
- Rental houses for workers with adequate water supply, drainage and sanitation to
maintain sanitation around the project area;
- Coordinate with the government and local security in order to ensure security.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
127
- Require workers to build the respect of local traditions and local customs, may not
participate in or cause social evils; offenders be severely dealt with in accordance with law.
- Inform local authorities prior to construction project. Coordinate and urge the local
community to join supervise the implementation of the environmental management plan of the
project .
- After the project is completed, restore the original surface for landowners.
 Minimize the impacts on traffice
Minimize the impacts of road traffic:
Power line crosses the road traffic in 40 times in total, intersects with asphalt road in 10
times, intersects with concrete roads in 17 times, intersects with the land in 8 times, the road
intersects with rocky road in 5 times with the traffic density at different levels , the process of
transporting construction materials , sprayed pull cord will cause impact to traffic on the roads .
Therefore, the following measures will minimize the impacts:
Before you pull the cord through the roads, the construction unit placed approximately
100 - 200m from the construction location; inform the competent authorities to coordinate traffic
management.
Project owners and construction contractors will arrange time and flow during transport of
materials for construction, transport to avoid focusing on a fixed route just degrade the roads,
affecting both activities of people traveling.
Limiting transport during peak hours has high density passersby.
Use signs for construction zone.
Coordinate with local authorities to rearrange traffic in case of necessity.
Minimize construction activities (excavation) in areas with high traffic density.
No gathering of materials, zipper up yards in the area with high traffic density.
At the zipper area roads will exceed scaffolding to not obstruct traffic on the road .
Time constraints the traffic. Arranging transportation worker guides a pause when the car
on the way to the loading and unloading of supplies and equipment .
During project construction, use of existing roads to transport supplies and equipment
damage occurs, the roadbed subsidence. Investors are responsible for repairing and upgrading
existing pay refund the initial state to ensure the circulation of people.
For roads passing through residential areas are used to transport materials and equipment
for construction parts: the vehicle will be equipped with air horn to signal the way to ask people
to participate before knowing beyond up front or go through the union of danger.
All columns will be positioned number plate to serve workers repair operation
management, to avoid confusion and danger signs to inform people through the line as the lethal
nature of high voltage.
The signs used for steel columns galvanized steel sheet, 2mm thick and arrested
prescribed by the bolt shaft, the installation location from 2-2.5m above the ground and facing the
road.
Minimize the impacts on the waterways:
The project cuts through the Da River at G13 - G14, with a length of about 1.4 km from
the hill of G13 of Yen Mong Commune started to G14 of Ky Son . The whole project is only the
greatest impact to waterway traffic online only at this stage. In addition, the river cuts at G37 G38, 3 times cuts small streams and also cuts through some of the canals. To minimize impacts
on the waterway, there are the following specific measures:
Use safety measures to control.
Working with agency transportation management, inform at least 5 days before spreading
line across the river.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
128
Put signs , temporary construction of pillars for construction services or forms used to
notify all boats on rivers so that they are known , suspend travel on rivers and streams in the
process of spreading tension wire .
The plan, organization cost and installation of warning signs in the waterways are issued
according to Decision No. 4099/2000/QD-BGTVT of Ministry of transport dated December 28th
2000 ;
After construction, all the obstacles are cleaned in the bottom of river.
Advantages: Reduce the risks of work accidents and negative impacts of the project.
Disadvantanges: The traffic in the area is difficult to control, so the contractors must
coordinate with the functional units.
Feasibility: Cao.
4.1.3. Minimizing impacts in the operation phase
4.1.3.1. Methods to reduce the impacts of pollutants
Operators will have maintenance and repair of the power line at the headquarters of
operation agency. The operation of the power line will not generate emissions. The amount of
sewage and other wastes are small. However, we are complied with the usual rules of disposal at
the designated places.
Advantages: The operation does not generate waste and pollutants.
Disadvantanges: The project stretches 50.6 km of many areas and it is difficult to control
the mountainous terrain.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.3.2. Minimize impacts on ecology
To minimize the impact on ecology in the operation phase, the contractors must perform
the following tasks:
+ Cut trees and branches causing the effects on the safety corridor according to the
provisions in Decree 106/2005/ND-CP. It is not allowed to cut the trees and branches out of the
corridor if they are not affecting the safety corridor. It is strictly forbidden to abuse the protection
or repair of high-voltage grid to arbitrarily cut trees. The contractors must notify the management
unit or owner of trees prior to 05 days before cutting trees.
- If it is forced to cut trees (the height under the specified level), the management unit of
high-voltage grid will notify immediately the number of trees to cut and compensation for tree
owners. If no notice is given for the tree owner, the management unit will inform the Communal
People's Committee before cutting trees.
+ Branches and trees are collected and destroyed at the specified location after cutting.
+ Coordinate with the local authorities to disseminate the knowledge about safe corridor
for power lines to the local people by announcement on the speaker system of society; on the
public tables, dissemination of knowledge at the CPC. People are strictly prohibited from
planting fast-growing trees causing effects on the safety corridor.
- Recommend for the local people to plant the trees with the standard to avoid cutting the
tree with high economic value.
Advantages: Reduce the impacts of the operation, repairing and maintaining phase on
ecology.
Disadvantages: Limit in the dissemination of knowledge to the local people, the place
where trees are cute down has the complex terrains (hills).
Feasibility: Medium.
4.1.3.3. Prevent from the influence of magnetic field
During operation phase, the operators shall inspect a minimum height to the subjects
including the roads, waterways, ... according to the current regulations (Article 51 of the
Electricity Law) to ensure safety to the health of the local people.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
129
Workers must comply with the operating procedures to ensure the safety requirements.
Power line passes mainly through paddy fields, crops and orchards, and the others passes
the residential area, but at the lowest point - 18m from the ground, the impact of electromagnetic
fields is not significant.
Take measurements, periodic checking of the safe distance from the discharge point at a
cross roads and waterways to have methods to minimize impacts as the regulations specified in
Article 3 of Decree 106/2005/ND-CP.
Take measurements, periodic checking of intense of electric field near the safety corridor
or take measurements in case of complaints about the electric field from local peopler to
promptly minimize the impacts.
Prohibit all activities carried out in the corridor of the overhead transmission lines
protection if the equipment, tools and vehicles can be violated the safety distance of electricity
discharge. In special cases, due to the urgent requirement of national defense and security, there
will be an agreement with the board of project management on the safety measures.
The implementation cost of electromagnetic field prevention is included in the operation
costs of the assigned operators.
Advantages: Objects in the safety corridor guaranteed the requirements of electromagnetic
field will not be affected by electromagnetic fields.
Disadvantages: During the operation, the line will always generate an electromagnetic
field, so it is very difficult to control this impact in the length of 50,6km.
Feasibility: High.
4.1.3.4. Minimize impacts on infrastructure
Ensure a minimum distance from high-voltage lines to the buildings of information under
the current regulations.
Take measurements, periodic checking the minimum height of electric wires at the lowest
point when the line is in maximum deflection of 4.5m plus a safe distance of electricity discharge
voltage at the intersection of transmission lines to recommend the solutions to ensure the current
regulations.
If the highest point on the vehicle is more than 4.5m, the vehicle owner will contact the
the manager of high-voltage grid to perform the necessary safety methods.
Take measurements, check periodically minimum height of electric wires at the lowest
point when the line is in a state of maximum sagging is not static height according to the
technical level of the inland waterways plus the safety distance electricity discharge voltag.
Vehicles passing through river at the intersection point between overhead power transmission
lines and inland waterways to ensure that the height does not exceed the static height in technical
level of the inland waterways. Since then, there are methods to minimize the impacts as the
current regulations.
Advantages: These measures will limit the impacts on the regional infrastructure in local
areas.
Disadvantages: It is difficult to control the impacts when the project spreads 50,6km with
many complex terrains.
Feasibility: Medium.
4.2. PREVENTIVE METHODS AND RESPONSEs TO RISK , INCIDENTS
4.2.1. Preventive methods and responses in preparation and construction phase
4.2.1.1. Preventive methods and responses in preparation phase
In the preparation phase of the project, there is primarily the clearance. The usual activity
is meeting to select the alignment in order to minimize the impacts, to the environmental impacts
of the project on the environment and social economic, ecological environment and to have
adquate compensation for the affected households. Risks in this period mainly include the
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
130
conflicts of the local people about the compensation and trees located in the occupied land.
According to the survey, the majority of households agree with the project and desire the
investors to ensure the safety of the local people.
Advantages: These measures will minimize the risks of the incidents in the preparation
phase.
Feasibility: High.
4.2.1.2. Safety methods in construction phase
During construction phase, there are risks such as labor accidents, traffic accidents, fire
incidents; thus, there are some prevention methods as follow:
a. Work safety
Establish rules and regulations of the work safety. The workers are forced to learn abd
comly these rules seriously. In addition, all workers are equipped for labor protection.
Set the warning signs at construction areas to prevent children and irrelevant people from
dangerous places.
Train the workers about the safety and issue cards for them under the provisions of the
State.
Workers in the water environment can swim and be equipped with life jackets to prevent
from the unexpected incidents.
When there is the power line near the construction, the contractors will have plans to cut
power before construction.
Training the methods of first aid in the emergency electric shock and propagate how to
protect the health to each worker.
If the mines are detected in the construction period, the contractors will promptly inform
the dangerous places to the competent authorities and local people .
b. Fire incidents and electric shock
Making backup plans for fire prevention in the construction area. At the office, there are
rules of fire prevention. There are the specific measures of fire prevention at the warehouse.
The fuel for construction will be stored separatedly in warehouses and required to be
labeled to be recognized and prevented fires and explosions .
The electric system serving warehouse lighting will be installed in a dry and high place to
avoid collisions causing electric shock or fire.
Have close relationship with the forces of fire prevention for timely support if necessary.
To prevent the discharge problems of construction work near power lines or high voltage
secondary, the contractors will establish procedures for power cuts and conduct new construction.
If the mines are detected during construction, the contractors will immediately inform the
competent authorities and local people to know the dangerous positions.
c. Traffic accidents
Setting up barriers and signs at the two limits of the scope of work and the warning signs
to slow down traffic.
Arranging transportation guidelines in order to avoid traffic congestion and ensure the
traffic safety.
Coordinate with the police to support during the construction at the intersections with a
large vehicle circulation.
When construction occurs at night, workers must wear the reflective clothing, the
reflective signs and signal lights to limit the scope of the work.
d . Prevention of incidents – to ensure safe installation of electrical works
Note the position of unstable geology at the pit bottom. If the abnormalities (sludge bag,
large groundwater...) are detected, the contractors will stop execution units and inform the
investors and design consultant for solutions.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
131
With the foundation location near the graves, if the unexpected incident occurs, the
investors will report to local government plans for solutions.
When digging the foundation, if there is any unusual thing such as underground works,
the contractor will stop and inform the investors to coordinate with stakeholders to take measures.
The construction of the power line is in compliance with the provisions of the electrical
equipment of Ministry of Industry to ensure the safety during the construction, installation and
operation.
Use the manual measures of earthwork instead of explosion (at the power line).
When using electric hand tools or pneumatic operation, workers must stand on shelves to
ensure the safety. For heavy equipment, there will be shelves or other safe tools.
Comply with the safety norms of installation of electrical equipment. The workers
installing electrical equipment are trained in safety regulations on transportation and installation
of electrical equipment.
Before you close the power to test grid and electrical equipment, we must stop all relating
work and the people in distribution chamber are forced out of the danger area .
When installing the structures at high position, we must comply with safety rules on
clothes and belt cover.
When fires occur due to electrical problems, we inform to cut power at first and follow
the normal process of fire-fighting.
Set up the warning signs of dangerous places (high voltage pylons ... .
Disseminate the knowledge of safe corridors for the residential communities.
Advantages: Minimize the risks of incidents in construction phase.
Disadvantages: Some methods and dissemination of knowledge are not complied due to
the consciousmess of workers.
Feasibility: High.
4.2.2. Method of prevention and responses in the operation phase
4.2.2.1. Prevention and rescue the fire incidents in operation phase
Establish a team for rescue in case of a fire or explosion. A member is a worker of the line
operators.
Regularly rehearse to rescue in case of fire. Have inspection and maintenance of fire
protection equipment.
Have regular inspection and maintenance of machinery and equipment, electrical lines in
good condition.
Raising awareness of officiers and workers about fire issues.
Safety corridor will ensure the technical conditions in accordance with Decree
106/2005/ND-CP of the Government ro cause no fire incident.
Advantages: Limit the fire incident occurred in the operational phase.
Disadvantages: It difficult to control the line stretching 50.6 kilometers.
Feasibility: Low.
4.2.2.2. Preventing incidents of flooding, subsidence, cord of power line and falling of piles
Have a sufficient geological survey with technical requirements before construction.
Piles are designed in accordance with the flood level in survey
The foundation piles are calculated the provision in case of rising flood level, wind speed.
Design the foundations and piles based on survey results of geological reference data of
the project area and surrounding locations.
The construction follows the design, regulations and technical procedures of the
foundation construction.
In operation phase, the contractors will manage and operate in accordance with
regulations and periodic inspection of the foundation to timely remedy
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
132
Periodically check the quality of work and timely remedy the subsidence incidents.
In case of the cord of power line, relays automatically break the circuit and alarm system
will work. Then, the operators quickly deal with the incidents at site.
Advantages: Minimize the incidents of flooding, subsidence, cord and falling of piles.
Disadvantages: The incident cannot be predicted due to unusual factors of disasters.
Feasibility: Low.
4.2.2.3. Safety in the management, operation, repair and maintenance
The management, operation and repair of power grid includes repairs, maintenance and
promptly soluting the line incidents which are performed by management agency.
To minimize the negative impacts, avoid any incidents of power grid and accidents
among employees, management during operation phase, the operators will complied strictly with
the safety regulations. The workers must comply with the specific provisions of the safety
measures as follows:
- Safety measures in case of exposure to electrical equipment .
- Safety measures during the period of management, operation and repair.
4.2.2.4. Safety corridor management
Comply with Decree 106/2005/ND-CP of the Government, dated August 17th 2005 on
the protection of high-voltage grid and Decree No.81/2009/ND-CP of the Government dated
October 12th 2009 on the security of high-voltage grid;
Have periodic inspection of safety corridor.
Agency of management and operation of the project is the organization which is
responsible for inspection and control of land in the safety corridor, timely detection of violations
of houses, trees in order to have measures of prevention and timely treatment.
The violated trees are cut down in at least 10 days after notice to the agency, the local
authorities and individuals owned trees.The cut trees and branches will be removed out of the
corridor. It is strictly forbidden to abuse the repair of the grid to cut trees indiscriminately.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
133
CHAPTER 5:
PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION
5.1. PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Agencies participating in environmental management
National power transmission Corporation - the project owner is resposible for directing
the entire project through Board of Management of the Northern power projects. It plays the
most important role in supervising the environment.
Institue of Energy is the consulting agency to responsible for surveying and establishing
the assessment of environmental impacts.
Board of Management of the Northern power projects is the representatives of the owner,
responsible for coordinating the local areas to plan and implement the project; assess and
minimize the impacts and monitor the environment.
Board of clearance is responsible for the consulting for Provinces to monitor and
coordinate the implementation plan approved by Boad of Clearance in the district; direct and
supervise the environment in the province as planned in the Report of assessment of impacts on
environment.
The projects of environmental remediation
As the impacts on environment and method of reducing impacts mentioned in Chapter 3
& 4:
This power line has no projects of environmental remediation for solid waste and other
wastes.
It has no projects of environmental remediation for other elements except wastes, such
as: erosion, sliding, landslides, subsidence, erosion of river, streams, sedimentation, bio-diversity
changes ang other sources caused the impacts in the project.
Program of environmental management
Enviromental management aims to control the impacts on environments and minimize
the damages. The targets of supervision includes:
+ Check the accuracy of the prediction and mitigation
+ Ensure the method of reducing and control the effectiveness
+ Identify and forecast the impacts to minimize.
Environmental management of each project is to comply the legal framework of Vietnam
on environmental protection, depending on the type anf degree of each project to have a
corresponding content of management and supervision.
Requirements to contractors
The tender documents require the terms and condition for the method of reducing
impacts as follow:
- Resettle and compensate the land use as the requirements of compensation and
resettlement of project.
- The solid wastes and sewages are landfilled and handled to comply with the method of
reducing impacts;
- Improve the entire land affected by construction activities or others relating to
construction;
- Plan the construction period to minimize the impacts on the beneficiariers and have the
public consultancy to negotiate the affected households;
- The contractors is responsible for minimizing and compensating for any damagesor
other assets due to the excavation works, based on the specific conditions in the contract;
- Restore the temporarily used location after construction;
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
134
- Each principal contractor will have contract with PMB to construct each part of the
entire project in different stages. The principal contractors are responsible for hiring the
subcontractors to manage the environmental problems during the construction and operation
phase:
- Create a statement of the environment method for each area, working schedule,
monitoring plan based on the program of environmental management and supervision presented
in this report;
- Give the technical regulations and requirements of mandatory responsibility for the
environment into the tender documents and contracts with sub-contractors;
- Ensure the sub-contractors to comply with the requirements of environmental
management of each area;
- Prepare for operation and maintenance, combined with the requirements of monitoring
and managing the environment in operation phase;
- Regularly monitor the activities of environment protection and the neighboorhood; then
make a report for AMB;
- Promptly notify PMB and relating agencies of government about any environmental
problems in the area;
- Comply the correction of PMB and relating agencies of government;
- Each sub-contractor is responsible for managing environment of their own activities,
based on the data of environmental management of the area which they undertake. If the subcontractors undertake the large-scale projects, there will be a environemntal officer to control the
activities of environment protection, monitor the environment status and report for the principal
contractors, PMB and relating agencies of government.
Requirements for AMB:
AMB will manage the entire power line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi. It is responsible
for environmental management during the construction and operation phase. PMB recommends
to hire the environmental consultants to support the officers of project in environmental
management. PMB will manage the environmental problems as follow:
- Have final resposibility of managing the environment along the line, including the
management of wastes, pollution and emergency strategies during construction and operation
phase.
- Appoint the environment officiers of PMB for daily environmental management.
- Have the overall environmental policies for construction and operation phase.
- Have technical regulations on environment for the design, construction and operation of
each part of project, based on the commitments of this Report.
- Give the technical regulations and mandatory requirements of the environment into the
tender documents and contract with the principal contractors. They include the statements of
environmental methods, working schedules and supervision plan, based on the commitments of
environmental management in this Report.
- Approve the statement of environmental methods, working schedules and supervision
plan to prepare for construction phase, based on the program of environmental management and
supervision.
- Contact the relevant agencies of the Government, including Ministry and Department of
Natural Resources and Environment of Hoa Binh Province and Department of Natural Resources
and Environment of Ha Noi, about the environmental problems.
- The principal contractors and sub-contractors have a regular check of the environemtal
supervision.
- Have regular supervision of environmental protection and recommend the adjustment to
correct.
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
135
The program of environmental management is based on the Chapter 1, 3, 4 and
summarized in Table 5.1 as follow:
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
136
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
137
Table 5.1: Plan of environmental management
Phase
Activities
Impacts on
environment
Works and methods to protect
environment
Fund
-
Across the area
remaining the Check the mines in the corridor
relics of war, and have little impacts of toxic
chemical
chemicals after 40 years
control
-
-
Expected cost
17.434.521.000
VND
Plan from
October
2013 to
April 2014
Occupy
and
Clearance
Have compensation and support
compensate the
compensation
according to Law
land
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
138
Organizers Supervisors
Trong giai
đoạn tiền thi
công, hoàn
thành trước IE
khi dự án đi
vào
xây
dựng
Across
the
military areas, There are no area to protect in the
airport, historic corridor
relics...
Alignment
line selection
Preparation
Time for
implement
and
completion
AMB
NPT, AMB
NPT
People’s
Committee
of
Hoa NPT, AMB
Binh and
Ha Noi
Air pollution
- From the
- Contract includes the terms in
beginning to
which the contractors must use Included in the
the end of Contractors NPT, AMB
the standard equipment;
construction cost
preparation
- Water the construction areas;
phase
- Have a plan to protect the
channel and rivers from the dirty
water of construction areas (such
Water pollution as the dirty water from
manhole…).
- Plan for the accommodation of
Demolition
workers
of buildings
- Place the waste baskets in the
and leveling
Impacts of solid construction site.
Included in the
of
the
wastes
- Have a contract with the construction cost
ground
agencies to collect these wastes.
From
the
beginning to
Contractors NPT, AMB
the end of
the phase
From
the
beginning to
the end of
the phase
From
the
Use the equipment and machinery
Noise
and
beginning to
with a low degree of noise and
vibrancy
the end of
vibrancy
the phase
From
the
- Arrange the firefighting means
beginning to
Risks
- Supervise the construction of
the end of
piles to ensure proper techniques
the phase
From the
Hire the local
Included in the beginning to
Prioritize the local labor
labor
investment cost
the end of
the phase
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
139
Contractors NPT, AMB
Contractors NPT, AMB
Contractors NPT, AMB
Contractors NPT, AMB
Accidents
Recruitment
of workers
Conflict
between
Prioritize the local labor
workers
and
local people
Construction
and
Accidents
transportation
Construction
phase
Means
of
transports
Air pollution
and
machinery
Construction
Water pollution
and daily life
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
- Have a work schedule and
safely transport the material
wastes,
-Comply with Law on labor
- Establish Board of labor safety
management
- Raise the awareness of labor safety
From the
beginning to
the end of
the phase
-
Contractors NPT, AMB
-
From
the
beginning to
the end of
Contractors NPT, AMB
the
construction
phase
- Have a work schedule and
safely transport the material
wastes,
- Comply with Law on labor
- Establish Board of labor safety
management
- Raise the awareness of labor safety
- Use the equipment with the
standards
of
emission
in
construction.
- Water the construction areas
when there is no rain or low Included in the
humidity.
construction cost
- Cover the construction area to
reduce dust;
- Cover the trucks transporting the
materials.
- Have a plan to protect the
channel and rivers from the dirty
140
From
the
beginning to
the end of
Contractors NPT, AMB
the
construction
phase
From
the
beginning to
the end of
Contractors NPT, AMB
the
construction
phase
From
the
Contractors NPT, AMB
beginning to
of workers
Construction
and
machinery
uses
Operation
phase
Power
transmission
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
water of construction areas (such
as the dirty water from
manhole…).
- Plan for the accommodation of
workers (as the preparation
phase).
- Prohibit from drop liter, solid
wastes into the water sources;
- Not gather materials and wastes
near the water sources;
- Not place toxic chemicals near
drainage.
- Arrange the diesel tanks and
oily rags.
- Not drop the materials and Included in the
wastes into the water.
construction cost
- The wastes are transported to
the waste disposal site.
the end of
the
construction
phase
From the
beginning to
the end of
Solid wastes
the
construction
phase
From the
beginning to
Use the equipment and machinery
Noise
and
the end of
with a low degree of noise and
vibrancy
the
vibrancy.
construction
phase
From the
beginning to
- Arrange the firefighting means
- 20.000.000 (20
the end of
Risks
- Supervise the construction of tanks of CO2 the
piles to ensure proper techniques
8kg/tank)
construction
phase
Organize
the
periodical
Electromagnetic supervision of electromagnetic - Included in the
fields
fields along the 220kV line every maintenance cost
6 months. The supervision has
141
Contractors NPT, AMB
Contractors NPT, AMB
Contractors NPT, AMB
AMB
NPT
Risks
Maintenance
INSTITUE OF ENERGY
occurred in 1 year
- Design the foundation and piles
to suffer the earthquake of level 6
- Most piles are located on the
Fire, lightning,
hill, so there is no impacts of
flood, electric
Included in the
flood
shock,
investment cost
- Set up the earthing wire to
earthquake
protect from lightning.
- Replace the new pylons if the
pylons fall down
Cut trees in the
-Cut trees along the corridor
corridor,
Maintenance
should
be -Included in the
checking and
conducted along the corridor maintenance cost
maintenance of
every 3 months
pylons
142
-Completed
when
the
AMB
project
is
implemented
NPT
- Attached
with
the
AMB
operation
phase
NPT
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
5.2. PROGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL SUPERVISION
Staff of environmental supervision
This line has the length of 50,6km and passses through Hoa Binh and Ha Noi; therefore,
there are two groups to supervise the environment.
* Group of regular supervision:
Board of power project management: 02 officers
Contractors: 04 workers
This group is responsible for monitoring at site according to the above standards,
identifying the pollution problems and recommending the solutions. The members also participate
in the regular supervision.
* Group of periodic supervision:
Board of power project management: 02 officers (regular supervision)
Contractors: 04 workers
According to the problems affecting the environment, it is expected to have the periodic
supervision as follow:
+ The first supervision:After 2-3 months since the projects started, we have the first
supervision. This is the construction focused on foundation and piles; thus, there are some issues to
focus on:
Check the registration of means of transports for construction: The contractors prepare the
documents relating to the registration of vehicles and machinery.
Hygiene at site: The contractors prepare the camp location, number of workers, method of
liter and waste collection.
Check the foundation construction: The contractors prepare the foundation construction, the
shielding method against spillage of wastes and liter.
+ The second supervision:After 2-3 months since the first supervision, this is the period to
complte the foundation casting and pylons; thus, there are some issues to monitor as follow:
Check the environmental problems recommended in the first time.
Supervise the reimbursement of construction ground, the collection of solid wastes at the
site.
Check the location of break-down risks and have embankment to protect.
Supervise the transportaion of equipment, machinery to prevent from the damages of roads.
If there is any influence on road system in local areas, it should be restored promptly.
Check the environmental problems in the previous supervision.
Check the implementation of cutting and collecting trees, especially taking advantages of
cutting trees illegally in the forestry area.
Check the construction (buiding piles, stretch cables) caused the difficulties in local traffic
and the intersection of the line and road/river. Check how to avoid obstructing traffic (Signs of
construction warning, avoid construction during the rush hours...).
+ The third supervision:This is the last supervision before operation period:
Check the last environmental problems. Check the electromagnetic fields near the resident
areas and check the noise and vibrancy during the operation phase.
Each supervision lasts about 9-10 days, in case of a serious problem, there are more
supervisions to encounter this problem.
Program of environmental supervision
Table 5.2 describes the program of supervising the wastes and environment along the line of
Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi.
Table 5.2: Program of supervising the wastes and environment
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
143
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Environment
/Waste
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Supervision
position
Frequency
Parameter
Standards
Construction phase
Air
- QCVN05:2009/BTNMT:
Technical
national
- 03 locations in the
standards of air quality.
1
time Dust amount,
material yard
- QCVN 06:2009/BTNMT:
during
CO,
SO2,
- 07 locations along
Technical national standards
constructio NO2,
noise
the line, near the
of toxic substances in the air;
n period
and vibrancy
resident area
QCVN
26:2010Technical
national
standards of noise;
Water quality
- 02 locations in Da
River
- 08 locations in the
streams
near
construction areas
Solid wastes,
wastes from
Supervise in the
workers and
every construction
construction
area (129 positions)
activities
Toxic wastes
pH, TSS, DO,
1
time
BOD, COD, QCVN
08:2008
–
during
Total N, Total Technical
national
constructio
P,
NH4+, standards of water quality;
n period
Coliform.
Supervise
continuousl
y
during
constructio
n period
Weight
Decree No.59/2007/NĐ-CP
Collection
of the Government, dated
Waste
April 09th2007 on solid
disposal
as
waste management
regulated
Operation phase
Wastes from
cutting trees –
Along the corridor
maintenance in
the corridor
Electromagneti
c intense
Every
months
2 positions in each
resident area of Every
project
(14 months
communes)
Luminescence
6 techniques.
Handle
wastes from
luminescence
Electricity Law on safety of
high-voltage grid.
Decree
No.59/2007/NĐCP of the Government,
dated April 09th 2007 on
solid waste management
Decree No.106/2005/NĐCP of the Government,
Electromagnet dated August 17th 2005 on
6
ic intense.
the guideline of some
Magnetic articles in Electricity law
intense.
on safety of high-voltage
grid
Environmental supervision cost
The provisional cost of environmental supervision program is calculated according to
Circular232/2009/TT-BTCof Ministry of Finance dated December 9th 2009 on the collection,
remittance, management and uses of preventive medical expenses and medical expenses of border
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
144
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
quarantine. It is calculated in Table 5.3 as follow:

The cost of solid wastes is included in construction cost

Environmental supervision cost of the construction phase is: 25,710,000VND

The cost of electromagnetic fields control of the operation phase
9,620,000VND/year
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
145
is
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Table 5.3: Cost estimation of neighborhood environment
Unit
Items
Unit
Number
price
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Control air quality (10 positions x 1 time = 10 samples)
CO
Sample
10
95,000
NO2
Sample
10
95,000
SO2
Sample
10
95,000
Total
price
25,710,000
7,630,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
4
Dust
1,000,000
5
Noise and vibrancy
-
Temporary noise
Sample
10
26,000
260,000
-
Leq
L90max
Sample
Sample
10
10
26,000
26,000
260,000
260,000
6
Measurement and sampling of air
Time
20
150,000
3,000,000
A2
1
2
3
4
6
10
11
12
13
14
Control water quality (10 positions x 1 time = 10 samples)
Temperature
Sample
10
3,000
pH
Sample
10
40,000
DO
Sample
10
80,000
TSS
Sample
10
80,000
BOD
Sample
10
95,000
COD
Sample
10
100,000
Total N
Sample
10
80,000
Total P
Sample
10
80,000
NH4+
Sample
10
70,000
Coliform
Sample
10
80,000
10,080,000
30,000
400,000
800,000
800,000
950,000
1,000,000
800,000
800,000
700,000
800,000
15
Measurement and sampling of water
Time
20
150,000
3,000,000
Report of environmental
20
150,000
3,000,000
supervision
Period
1
5,000,000 5,000,000
Business fees
OPERATION PHASE
19,880,000
Control the electromagnetic fields (14 positions x 2 times/year = 28
6,620,000
samples)
Electromagnetic field
Sample
32
65,000
1,820,000
No.
A
A1
1
2
3
A3
A4
B
B1
1
2
B2
B3
Sample
100,000
10
Measurement of electromagnetic field Time
Report of environmental
supervision
Time(s)
Business fees
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
10
0
32
150,000
4,800,000
20
150,000
3,000,000
2
5,000,000 10,000,000
146
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
CHAPTER 6: PUBLIC CONSULTANCY
6.1. OVERVIEW
The 220kV line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi through Hoa Binh province, Ha Noi and 14
other areas has a length of 50,6km.
In order to minimize the negative impacts on the environment and residents in the
construction area, the project has conducted the public consultancy. The activities of public
consultancy include:
- Surveying, statistics of the impacts and the affected residents.
- Public consultancy in 14 communes affected by the project:
The investors have sent the consultancy documents to the CPCs according to Circular
No.26/2011/TT-BTNMT on the guideline of environmental impacts for public consultancy.
The board of management of the Northern power has sent a letter No. 2646/AMB-P5 dated
August 23rd 2012 to 14 CPCs to collect the documents of comments for public consultancy. This
letter is attached with a summary of environmental information of the project, which includes:
Basic content of the project, Negative impacts on environment, Description of the line in each
commune.
In addition, the investors have conducted the public consultancy for the residents directly
affected by project.
6.2. OPINIONS OF CPCS
The investors have sent the documents and summary data to 14 CPCs for public
consultancy; however, there are only 13 written replies. CPC of Dong Quang – Quoc Oai –Ha Noi
has no written reply. The board of management of the Northern power has sent a letter
No.2646/AMB-P5 dated August 23rd2012 to Dong Quang commune. The local authorities and
people have aware of the impacts of new project during construction and operation phase which is
similar to the last project. Due to the characteristics of project, the CPC of Dong Quang commune
did not organize the required dialogue between investors and representatives of commune. Thus,
there is no written reply after 15 working days as regulated. The local authorities and people have
no comment on the implementation of the project of 220kV line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi:
- In general, the CPCs have agreed with the implementation of project and the method of
reducing impacts in the summary data.
- The line location has no influence on the general planning of the commune and is located
far from the populated areas.
- CPCs have agreed with the method of reducing impacts and environmental supervision to
minimize the negative impacts of the project during construction phase.
- Ensure to apply the standards and regulations of environment during construction phase.
- When recovering the land, the investors have the adequate compensation policies and plan
to support the affected households as regulated.
- Ensure the health of workers and local people and promptly remedy the environmental
problems during construction and operation phase.
- Design is strictly complied with the regulations on electrical safety; especially avoid the
effects of electromagnetic fields on the health of residents. We should educate people to aware of
the dangerous level as well as the obligation of protection.
- The site monitoring is important.
- Ensure the local security during the construction period.
The written replies of the local People’s Committee are listed as follow:
1 Written reply No.51/UBND – VP of Ky Son, dated January 02nd 2012
2 Written reply No.27/UBND – VP of People’s Committee of Dan Hoa, dated October 1st
2012
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
147
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
Written reply No. --/UBND – VP of People’s Committee of Huu Nghi, dated October 01st
2012
4 Written reply No.42/UBND of People’s Committee of Dan Ha, dated 02nd 2012
5 Written reply No.41/CV-UBND of People’s Committee of Hoa Son, dated September 04th
2012
6 Written reply No.36/UBND of People’s Committee of Dong Yen, dated October 03rd 2012
7 Written reply No.1024/UBND of People’s Committee of Can Huu, dated October 03rd 2012
8 Written reply No.52/UBND-VP of People’s Committee of Lam Son, dated October 03rd 2012
9 Written reply No.--/UBND – VP of People’s Committee of Tan Thinh, dated October01st
2012
10 Written reply No.--/UBND – VP of People’s Committee of Hoa Binh, dated October 01st
2012
11 Written reply No.50/UBND – VP of People’s Committee of Yen Mong, dated October 02nd
2012
12 Written reply No.47/UBND – VP of People’s Committee of Mong Hoa, dated October 01st
2012:
- Recommendation: Considering G18 and G19 to adjust if these spots are caught in
resettlement areas.
13 Written reply No.67/CV-UBND of People’s Committee of Luong Son, dated October 12th
2012:
- Recommendation:
+ When the project is implemented, the local authorities should be informed to coordinate
the implementation.
+ If the construction has affected to the people’s assets, it must pay compensation according
to law.
6.3. OPINIONS OF COMMUNITY
The investors have conducted the public consultancy in the project area. The main target is
the affected households which are near the construction area. As the surveying results, the local
people agree with the project implementation. There are some opinions which the investors should
perform:
- Ensure the health of people to avoid the impacts of electromagnetic fields.
- Have adequate compensation policies for the affected households.
- Agree with the impacts and method of reducing impacts in the resident areas.
- Commit to protect the environment according to law.
- Coordinate the local authorities to ensure the security and prevent the evils during the
construction period.
- Consistent with the opinions of CPC.
6.4. FEEDBACK FROM THE PUBLIC CONSULTANCY
The consultants will directly answer to the representatives of communes and residents about
the impacts of the power line on the neighborhood environment and the residents.
There is a recommendation in the written reply No.47/UBND – VP of the People’s
Committee of Mong Hoa, dated October 01st 2012: Considering G18-G19 to adjust if these spots
are caught in the resettlement area. The investors answer that the power line has no impacts on the
resettlement area of Mong Hoa commune.
The consultants have adjusted the impacts and method of reducing impacts to match with
the current state of both local area and scope of project after receiving the feedback from public
consultancy. These adjustments are presented in the report, especially in Chapter 4 – Methods of
reducing the negative impacts on environment.
3
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
148
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
The investors commit to inform the local authorities in order to coordinate the
implementation of the project. During construction period, the investors will compensate according
to the law.
The compensation for the households affected the crops, trees, agricultural land and housing
will be paid according to the Decision of Council of compensation, supports and resettlement. This
council helps People’s Committee to compensate, support and resettle for the affected households.
The investors also commit to minimize the impacts on environment which is recommended
in the report.
CONCLUSION, RECOMMENDATION AND COMMITMENT
1. CONCLUSION, RECOMMENDATION
The 220kV line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi will be built to supply the electricity mainly
in the load area of Western Ha Noi.
This work not only improves the ability to supply the stable electricity for the transmission
system in Ha Noi and other regions, but also reduces the load of the 220kV line from Hoa Binh to
Ha Dong, Xuan Mai.
The environmental impacts of the line of Hoa Binh – Western Ha Noi are studied
thoroughly from the preparation phase and clarified in Part 3 of this Report. This line is chosen to
avoid affecting the sensitive work, household and the military area.
During the construction period, the implement of reducing method is specified in Chapter 4
of this Report. These are the methods which ensure to minimize the impacts of project on the
environment.
In the construction phase, Board of Management of Northern Power requires the
construction units to comply strictly with the regulations of environmental protection as Law on
environmental protection and implement the compensation and immigration policies to ensure the
safety during the phase of construction and operation.
The impacts of this project on the environment are less than the efficiency from this project.
This report includes the comprehensive assessment on the scope and degree of influences on
the environment during the phase of construction and operation. There are some feasible
recommendations to minimize the environmental impacts.
2. COMMITMENT
2.1. Commitments to minimize the environmental impacts
The investors has committed to minimize the environmental impacts as stated in Chapter 4
and implement the program of management and supervision as stated in Chapter 5:
In the construction phase
- Build a group of environmental supervision to monitor the neighborhood;
- Use the machinery which has been prescribed as regulated;
- Maintenance the equipment and machinery to minimize the environmental pollution;
- Water on the roads of construction area every day – cover the materials when transporting;
- Comply with the safety regulations of labor;
- Collect, sort and handle the hazardous waste as regulated;
- Cover the construction materials.
In the operation phase
- Organize the periodic supervision of electromagnet in the residential area which is directly
affected by the project;
- Select the diameter and distance of wires to reduce the electromagnetic intense on the wire
surface;
- Not allow construction and metal structures in the area with high electrical intensity;
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
149
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PROJECT OF HOA BINH – TAY HA NOI 220kV TRANMISSION LINE
- Install the lightning protection system at all pylons as regulated. The pylons whose height
are over 80m should be painted (as regulated);
- In coordination with local authorities, prohibit the exploration on the shore and in the river
to prevent from erosion in the area where the pylons are cross the river, especially Da River.
2.2. Commitment to comply with Laws, Standards and Regulations of Vietnam
- Law on environmental protection issued with Decision of the President of the Social
Republic of Vietnam dated November 29th, 2005 and validated on July 1st 2006.
- Decree 59/2007/NĐ-CP of the Government dated April 9th 2007 on Management of solid
waste.
- Decree No.29/2011/NĐ-CP of the Government dated on April 18th 2011 on the
assessment of strategic environment, the environmental impacts and commitment to protect
environment.
- Circular No.26/2011/TT-BTNMT of Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment
dated July 18th 2011 on some articles of DecreeNo.29/2011/NĐ-CP of the Government dated April
18th 2011 on the assessment of strategic environment, the environmental impacts and commitment
to protect environment.
- Decree 106/2005/NĐ-CP of the Government dated August 17th 2005 on the details and
guideline of some articles of electricity laws on protection of high-voltage grid safety.
- Decree 81/2009/NĐ-CP of the Government dated August 17th 2005 on the details and
guideline of some articles of electricity laws on protection of high-voltage grid safety.
- QCVN 08:2008/BTNMT: National technical regulations on water quality.
- QCVN 05:2009/BTNMT: National technical regulations on air quality.
- QCVN 26:2010/BTNMT: National technical regulations on noise.
- QCVN 03:2008/BTNMT: National technical regulations on the limits of heavy metal in
soil.
- TCVN 4086:1995: Standards of electrical safety in construction.
- The standard of “Limits of electromagnetic intense and Regulations of checking
accommodation and working place” is issued with Decision 183 NL/KHKT of Ministry of Energy
dated April 12th 1994.
- Decree No.197/2004/NĐ-CP of Government dated on December 3rd 2004 on the
compensation and resettlement in case of land recovery of the State.
- Decree 84/2007/NĐ-CP amending the regulations on issuing the certificate of land use
right, the procedures, order, compensation procedures, supports and resettlement in case of land
recovery of the State and complaints on land.
- Circular 06/2007/TT-BTNMT guiding some articles in Decree 84/2007/NĐ-CP of
Government dated on May 25th 2007 on issuing the certificate of land use right, the procedures,
order, compensation procedures, supports and resettlement in case of land recovery of the State and
complaints on land.
INSTITUTE OF ENERGY
150
Download